Our commitment makes the difference >
>Catalogue
Switching & Controls
couv en A4.indd 1 23/01/2017 15:10
THE BACO QUALITY REQUIREMENT
Our products have a 10-year guarantee and are exceptionally reliable,
that is why they are ideal for integration into systems that do not tolerate any
failure (military, aeronautical, space exploration, medical research equipment,
etc.). Moreover, BACO product ranges offer ingenious and reliable solutions that
are fast and easy to implement.
That’s why Baco is now providing a 10-year guarantee on all products.
This guarantee strengthens the assurance of having a solid and
committed brand by your side. With Baco, you can be sure that you have made
the right choice.
A Key player on the market for control and
signalling units, cam switches and switch
disconnectors, Baco is recognized for its
professional expertise and compliance with
safety standards
.Baco
is committed to a quality
charter based on the quality and reliability of
its numerous and flexible solutions.
CONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS
ÿA wide range
- Excellent modularity for a large choice of
combinations with a minimum number of
items
- Customised products to meet the most
specific needs
CAM SWITCHES
ÿA reference on the market
- A worldwide reputation of know-how
for more than 50 years
- A range from 10 to 250 A
(panel mount or enclosed)
- More than 50,000 different electrical diagrams
available
- Numerous specific functions and special
engravings
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
ÿGreat flexibility in use
- Compactness
- Infinite number of combinations for
customised applications
- Reversible terminal blocks for front
or rear mounting saving valuable
time during installation
Baco fully committed into the future
couv en A4.indd 2 23/01/2017 15:10
1
2ÿCATALOGUE NUMBER INDEX
6ÿCONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS Ø 22
Non illuminated heads Ø 22 23
Illuminated heads Ø 22 40
Blocks sub-assemblies 52
Blocks 62
Accessories Ø 22 69
Engravings, Symbols 74
Request form for specific control and signalling units Ø 22 83
Control stations Ø 22 86
Request form for specific control stations Ø 22 94
Drilling, Mounting 95
Technical characteristics 98
Diagrams 104
105 ÿCONTROL AND SIGNALLING UNITS Ø 30
Non illuminated heads Ø 30 106
Illuminated heads Ø 30 114
Accessories ø 30 118
Request form for specific control and signalling units Ø 30 123
Drilling 124
Technical characteristics 125
126 ÿCAM SWITCHES
PR One cam switch Series 128
On-off switch and main switch 134
Changeover switch 147
Motor switch 165
Ammeter switch 188
Voltmeter switch 192
3-way switch 196
4-way switch 206
Coding switch 207
Accessories 212
Technical characteristics 213
Request form for specific cam switches 287
293 ÿSWITCH DISCONNECTORS
Complete switch disconnectors from 20 to 100 A 294
Separate switch disconnectors from 25 to 100 A 306
Technical characteristics 316
Selection guide for enclosure 318
Possible configurations 320
Contents
Control and signalling
2
Control and signalling units Cam switches Switch disconnectors
Catalogue number index
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
331E 222960 69
331E01 222961 52
331E10 222962 52
331EABH 55
331EABL 55
331EABM 55
331EAGH 55
331EAGL 55
331EAGM 55
331EARH 55
331EARL 55
331EARM 55
331EAWH 55
331EAWL 55
331EAWM 55
331EAYH 55
331EAYL 55
331EAYM 55
331ED01 54
331ED10 54
331EDABH 60
331EDABL 60
331EDABM 60
331EDAGH 60
331EDAGL 60
331EDAGM 60
331EDARH 60
331EDARL 60
331EDARM 60
331EDAWH 60
331EDAWL 60
331EDAWM 60
331EDAYH 60
331EDAYL 60
331EDAYM 60
331ER01 223101 53
331ER10 223102 53
331ERABH 223133 58
331ERABL 223113 58
331ERABM 223123 58
331ERAGH 223132 58
331ERAGL 223112 58
331ERAGM 223122 58
331ERARH 223131 58
331ERARL 223111 58
331ERARM 223121 58
331ERAWH 223130 58
331ERAWL 223110 58
331ERAWM 223120 58
331ERAYH 223134 58
331ERAYL 223114 58
331ERAYM 223124 58
333E 222964 69
333E01 222971 52
333E02 222973 52
333E03 222975 52
333E10 222972 52
333E11 222976 52
333E12 222978 52
333E20 222974 52
333E21 222977 52
333E30 52
333EABH01 56
333EABH10 55
333EABH11 57
333EABH20 56
333EABL01 56
333EABL10 55
333EABL11 57
333EABL20 56
333EABM01 56
333EABM10 55
333EABM11 57
333EABM20 56
333EAGH01 56
333EAGH10 223012 55
333EAGH11 223015 57
333EAGH20 223018 56
333EAGL01 56
333EAGL10 223002 55
333EAGL11 223005 57
333EAGL20 223008 56
333EAGM01 56
333EAGM10 55
333EAGM11 57
333EAGM20 56
333EARH01 56
333EARH10 223011 55
333EARH11 223014 57
333EARH20 223017 56
333EARL01 56
333EARL10 223001 55
333EARL11 223004 57
333EARL20 223007 56
333EARM01 56
333EARM10 55
333EARM11 57
333EARM20 56
333EAWH01 56
333EAWH10 223010 55
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
333EAWH11 223013 57
333EAWH20 223016 56
333EAWL01 56
333EAWL10 223000 55
333EAWL11 223003 57
333EAWL20 223006 56
333EAWM01 56
333EAWM10 55
333EAWM11 57
333EAWM20 56
333EAYH01 56
333EAYH10 55
333EAYH11 57
333EAYH20 56
333EAYL01 56
333EAYL10 55
333EAYL11 57
333EAYL20 56
333EAYM01 56
333EAYM10 55
333EAYM11 57
333EAYM20 56
333ED11 54
333EDABH01 61
333EDABH10 60
333EDABH11 61
333EDABL01 61
333EDABL10 60
333EDABL11 61
333EDABM01 61
333EDABM10 60
333EDABM11 61
333EDAGH01 61
333EDAGH10 60
333EDAGH11 61
333EDAGL01 61
333EDAGL10 60
333EDAGL11 61
333EDAGM01 61
333EDAGM10 60
333EDAGM11 61
333EDARH01 61
333EDARH10 60
333EDARH11 61
333EDARL01 61
333EDARL10 60
333EDARL11 61
333EDARM01 61
333EDARM10 60
333EDARM11 61
333EDAWH01 61
333EDAWH10 60
333EDAWH11 61
333EDAWL01 61
333EDAWL10 60
333EDAWL11 61
333EDAWM01 61
333EDAWM10 60
333EDAWM11 61
333EDAYH01 61
333EDAYH10 60
333EDAYH11 61
333EDAYL01 61
333EDAYL10 60
333EDAYL11 61
333EDAYM01 61
333EDAYM10 60
333EDAYM11 61
333ER01 53
333ER02 53
333ER03 53
333ER10 53
333ER11 53
333ER20 53
333ER30 53
333ERABH01 59
333ERABH10 58
333ERABH11 59
333ERABL01 59
333ERABL10 58
333ERABL11 59
333ERABM01 59
333ERABM10 58
333ERABM11 59
333ERAGH01 59
333ERAGH10 58
333ERAGH11 59
333ERAGL01 59
333ERAGL10 58
333ERAGL11 59
333ERAGM01 59
333ERAGM10 58
333ERAGM11 59
333ERARH01 59
333ERARH10 58
333ERARH11 59
333ERARL01 59
333ERARL10 58
333ERARL11 59
333ERARM01 59
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
333ERARM10 58
333ERARM11 59
333ERAWH01 59
333ERAWH10 58
333ERAWH11 59
333ERAWL01 59
333ERAWL10 58
333ERAWL11 59
333ERAWM01 59
333ERAWM10 58
333ERAWM11 59
333ERAYH01 59
333ERAYH10 58
333ERAYH11 59
333ERAYL01 59
333ERAYL10 58
333ERAYL11 59
333ERAYM01 59
333ERAYM10 58
333ERAYM11 59
334E11 52
334E22 52
334EABH22 222993 57
334EABL22 222983 57
334EABM22 222988 57
334EAGH22 222992 57
334EAGL22 222982 57
334EAGM22 222987 57
334EARH22 222991 57
334EARL22 222981 57
334EARM22 222986 57
334EAWH22 222990 57
334EAWL22 222980 57
334EAWM22 222985 57
334EAYH22 222994 57
334EAYL22 222984 57
334EAYM22 222989 57
335E 222968 69
33D01 223021 62
33D10 223022 62
33DABH 65
33DABL 65
33DABM 65
33DAGH 65
33DAGL 65
33DAGM 65
33DARH 65
33DARL 65
33DARM 65
33DAWH 65
33DAWL 65
33DAWM 65
33DAYH 65
33DAYL 65
33DAYM 65
33E01 222901 62
33E01C 222907 62
33E01Y7 222905 62
33E10 222902 62
33E10Y7 222904 62
33E11 222903 62
33EABH 222943 64
33EABL 222913 64
33EABL4 222923 64
33EABM 222933 64
33EAGH 222942 64
33EAGL 222912 64
33EAGL4 222922 64
33EAGM 222932 64
33EARH 222941 64
33EARL 222911 64
33EARL4 222921 64
33EARM 222931 64
33EAWDM 64
33EAWH 222940 64
33EAWL 222910 64
33EAWL4 222920 64
33EAWM 222930 64
33EAYH 222944 64
33EAYL 222914 64
33EAYL4 222924 64
33EAYM 222934 64
33EFH 222953 68
33EFM 222952 68
33EHC 222954 67
33ELC 222955 67
33ET 222950 67
33ETT 222951 67
33EX 68
33EY 68
33P01 223141 63
33P01Y7 223144 63
33P10 223142 63
33P10Y7 223143 63
33PABL 223153 66
33PAGL 223152 66
33PARL 223151 66
33PAWL 223150 66
33PAYL 223154 66
33R01 223051 62
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
33R10 223052 62
33RABH 223083 65
33RABL 223063 65
33RABM 223073 65
33RAGH 223082 65
33RAGL 223062 65
33RAGM 223072 65
33RARH 223081 65
33RARL 223061 65
33RARM 223071 65
33RAWH 223080 65
33RAWL 223060 65
33RAWM 223070 65
33RAYH 223084 65
33RAYL 223064 65
33RAYM 223074 65
33RFH 223093 68
33RFM 223092 68
33S01 224241 63
33S10 224242 63
33SABH 224273 66
33SABL 224253 66
33SABM 224263 66
33SAGH 224272 66
33SAGL 224252 66
33SAGM 224262 66
33SARH 224271 66
33SARL 224251 66
33SARM 224261 66
33SAWH 224270 66
33SAWL 224250 66
33SAWM 224260 66
33SAYH 224274 66
33SAYL 224254 66
33SAYM 224264 66
I2B 118
I2C 119
IB1 118
IB3 118
IB7 118
IB9 118
IC1 119
IC3 119
IC7 119
IC9 119
L20SC10H 224611 50
L20SC10L 224601 50
L20SC10M 224606 50
L20SC20H 224612 50
L20SC20L 224602 50
L20SC20M 224607 50
L20SC31H 50
L20SC31L 50
L20SC31M 50
L20SC32H 50
L20SC32L 50
L20SC32M 50
L20SC34H 50
L20SC34L 50
L20SC34M 50
L20SC35H 50
L20SC35L 50
L20SC35M 50
L20SC36H 50
L20SC36L 50
L20SC36M 50
L20SC40H 224614 50
L20SC40L 224604 50
L20SC40M 224609 50
L20SC50H 224610 50
L20SC50L 224600 50
L20SC50M 224605 50
L20SC60H 224613 50
L20SC60L 224603 50
L20SC60M 224608 50
L20SE10 224161 49
L20SE10H 223791 22
L20SE10L 223771 22
L20SE10M 223781 22
L20SE20 224162 49
L20SE20H 223792 22
L20SE20L 223772 22
L20SE20M 223782 22
L20SE31 49
L20SE32 49
L20SE34 49
L20SE35 49
L20SE36 49
L20SE40 49
L20SE40H 223794 22
L20SE40L 223774 22
L20SE40M 223784 22
L20SE50 49
L20SE50H 223790 22
L20SE50L 223770 22
L20SE50M 223780 22
L20SE60 224163 49
L20SE60H 223793 22
L20SE60L 223773 22
L20SE60M 223783 22
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
L21AA00 223807 23
L21AA01 223801 23
L21AA01B 223701 14
L21AA02 223802 23
L21AA02A 223702 14
L21AA03 223806 23
L21AA03A 223706 14
L21AA04 223804 23
L21AA04C 223704 14
L21AA05 223800 23
L21AA06 223803 23
L21AA06A 223703 14
L21AA31 23
L21AA32 23
L21AA33 23
L21AA34 23
L21AA35 23
L21AA36 23
L21AA81 223808 23
L21AA81B 14
L21AA82 223809 23
L21AA82B 14
L21AA83 23
L21AB01 223821 24
L21AB01A 223715 14
L21AB02 223822 24
L21AB03 223826 24
L21AB04 223824 24
L21AB05 223820 24
L21AB06 223823 24
L21AC01 223831 24
L21AC02 223832 24
L21AC03 223833 24
L21AC04 24
L21AD01 223834 25
L21AD01C 223716 16
L21AD02 223835 25
L21AD03 223836 25
L21AD04 223837 25
L21AD06 25
L21AE01 223838 25
L21AE03 223839 25
L21AH00 224007 40
L21AH10 224001 40
L21AH10H 223758 20
L21AH10L 223751 20
L21AH10M 223756 20
L21AH20 224002 40
L21AH20H 223759 20
L21AH20L 223752 20
L21AH20M 223757 20
L21AH31 40
L21AH32 40
L21AH34 40
L21AH35 40
L21AH36 40
L21AH40 224004 40
L21AH40L 223754 20
L21AH50 224000 40
L21AH50L 223750 20
L21AH60 224003 40
L21AH60L 223753 20
L21AK10 224011 41
L21AK20 224012 41
L21AK40 224014 41
L21AK50 224010 41
L21AK60 224013 41
L21AL10 224018 41
L21AL20 224019 41
L21AL40 41
L21AL50 41
L21CA01 223841 26
L21CA02 223842 26
L21CA03 223846 26
L21CA04 223844 26
L21CA05 223840 26
L21CA06 223843 26
L21CB01 223851 27
L21CB02 223852 27
L21CB03 223856 27
L21CB04 27
L21CB05 27
L21CB06 27
L21CH10 224021 43
L21CH20 224022 43
L21CH40 224024 43
L21CH50 224020 43
L21CH60 224023 43
L21CK10 224026 43
L21CK20 224027 43
L21CK40 224029 43
L21CK50 224025 43
L21CK60 224028 43
L21HA01 223861 37
L21HA02 223862 37
L21HA03 223866 37
L21HA04 37
L21HA05 37
L21HA06 223863 37
L21HA31 37
Cat. No. Alternative
order code
L21HA32
L21HA33
L21HA34
L21HA35
L21HA36
L21HB01
L21HB02
L21HB03
L21HB04
L21HB05
L21HB06
L21KA01 223901
L21KA02 223902
L21KA03 223903
L21KA08 223904
L21KB01
L21KB02
L21KB03 223909
L21KB08
L21KC01 223905
L21KC02 223906
L21KC03 223907
L21KC08 223908
L21KD01
L21KD02
L21KD03 223913
L21KD08
L21KE01
L21KE02
L21KE03 223915
L21KE03B
L21KE08
L21KF01
L21KF02
L21KF03 223918
L21KG10 224031
L21KG10C 223761
L21KG20 224032
L21KG20E 223762
L21KG30 224033
L21KG30B 223763
L21KH10
L21KH20
L21KH30 224039
L21KJ10 224035
L21KJ20 224036
L21KJ30 224037
L21KK10
L21KK20
L21KK30 224047
L21KL10
L21KL20
L21KL30 224045
L21KM10 224041
L21KM20 224042
L21KM30 224043
L21KP01
L21KP02
L21KP03 223930
L21KP08
L21KQ01
L21KQ02
L21KQ03 223931
L21KR01
L21KR02
L21KR03 223932
L21KS01
L21KS02
L21KS03 223933
L21KT01
L21KT02
L21KT03 223934
L21KU01
L21KU02
L21KU03 223935
L21KV30 224060
L21KX30
L21KY30
L21LA00 223950
L21LA00G 223738
L21LB00
L21LC00 223951
L21LD00 223952
L21LF00 223953
L21LG00 223954
L21LH00 223955
L21LK00 223956
L21MA01 223921
L21MA02 223922
L21MA03 223923
L21MA03A 223731
L21MA08 223924
L21MB01
L21MB02
L21MB03 223926
L21MB08
L21MC01
L21MC02
L21MC03 223927
L21MD01
3
Control and signalling units Cam switches Switch disconnectors
Catalogue number index
No. Alternative
order code Page
A00 223807 23
A01 223801 23
01B 223701 14
A02 223802 23
A02A 223702 14
A03 223806 23
A03A 223706 14
A04 223804 23
A04C 223704 14
A05 223800 23
A06 223803 23
A06A 223703 14
A31 23
A32 23
A33 23
A34 23
A35 23
A36 23
A81 223808 23
81B 14
A82 223809 23
82B 14
A83 23
L21AB01 223821 24
AB01A 223715 14
L21AB02 223822 24
L21AB03 223826 24
L21AB04 223824 24
L21AB05 223820 24
L21AB06 223823 24
C01 223831 24
C02 223832 24
C03 223833 24
C04 24
D01 223834 25
L21AD01C 223716 16
D02 223835 25
D03 223836 25
D04 223837 25
D06 25
E01 223838 25
E03 223839 25
H00 224007 40
AH10 224001 40
L21AH10H 223758 20
L21AH10L 223751 20
L21AH10M 223756 20
L21AH20 224002 40
H20H 223759 20
H20L 223752 20
H20M 223757 20
L21AH31 40
L21AH32 40
L21AH34 40
L21AH35 40
L21AH36 40
H40 224004 40
AH40L 223754 20
L21AH50 224000 40
H50L 223750 20
L21AH60 224003 40
H60L 223753 20
K10 224011 41
K20 224012 41
L21AK40 224014 41
1AK50 224010 41
K60 224013 41
L21AL10 224018 41
20 224019 41
40 41
AL50 41
A01 223841 26
A02 223842 26
A03 223846 26
A04 223844 26
A05 223840 26
A06 223843 26
B01 223851 27
B02 223852 27
B03 223856 27
B04 27
B05 27
B06 27
H10 224021 43
H20 224022 43
H40 224024 43
H50 224020 43
H60 224023 43
10 224026 43
K20 224027 43
K40 224029 43
K50 224025 43
K60 224028 43
A01 223861 37
A02 223862 37
A03 223866 37
A04 37
A05 37
A06 223863 37
L21HA31 37
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
L21HA32 37
L21HA33 37
L21HA34 37
L21HA35 37
L21HA36 37
L21HB01 37
L21HB02 37
L21HB03 37
L21HB04 37
L21HB05 37
L21HB06 37
L21KA01 223901 30
L21KA02 223902 30
L21KA03 223903 30
L21KA08 223904 30
L21KB01 30
L21KB02 30
L21KB03 223909 30
L21KB08 30
L21KC01 223905 30
L21KC02 223906 30
L21KC03 223907 30
L21KC08 223908 30
L21KD01 30
L21KD02 30
L21KD03 223913 30
L21KD08 30
L21KE01 30
L21KE02 30
L21KE03 223915 30
L21KE03B 15
L21KE08 30
L21KF01 30
L21KF02 30
L21KF03 223918 30
L21KG10 224031 45
L21KG10C 223761 21
L21KG20 224032 45
L21KG20E 223762 21
L21KG30 224033 45
L21KG30B 223763 21
L21KH10 45
L21KH20 45
L21KH30 224039 45
L21KJ10 224035 45
L21KJ20 224036 45
L21KJ30 224037 45
L21KK10 45
L21KK20 45
L21KK30 224047 45
L21KL10 45
L21KL20 45
L21KL30 224045 45
L21KM10 224041 45
L21KM20 224042 45
L21KM30 224043 45
L21KP01 32
L21KP02 32
L21KP03 223930 32
L21KP08 32
L21KQ01 32
L21KQ02 32
L21KQ03 223931 32
L21KR01 32
L21KR02 32
L21KR03 223932 32
L21KS01 32
L21KS02 32
L21KS03 223933 32
L21KT01 32
L21KT02 32
L21KT03 223934 32
L21KU01 32
L21KU02 32
L21KU03 223935 32
L21KV30 224060 47
L21KX30 47
L21KY30 47
L21LA00 223950 35
L21LA00G 223738 15
L21LB00 35
L21LC00 223951 35
L21LD00 223952 35
L21LF00 223953 35
L21LG00 223954 35
L21LH00 223955 35
L21LK00 223956 35
L21MA01 223921 31
L21MA02 223922 31
L21MA03 223923 31
L21MA03A 223731 15
L21MA08 223924 31
L21MB01 31
L21MB02 31
L21MB03 223926 31
L21MB08 31
L21MC01 31
L21MC02 31
L21MC03 223927 31
L21MD01 31
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
L21MD02 31
L21MD03 223928 31
L21MD03A 223732 15
L21MD08 31
L21ME10 224051 46
L21ME20 224052 46
L21ME30 224053 46
L21MF10 46
L21MF20 46
L21MF30 46
L21MG10 224054 46
L21MG20 224055 46
L21MG30 224056 46
L21MH10 224057 46
L21MH20 224058 46
L21MH30 224059 46
L21MJ10 46
L21MJ20 46
L21MJ30 46
L21MK01 31
L21MK02 31
L21MK03 223929 31
L21MK08 31
L21ML30 224061 48
L21MM30 48
L21MN30 48
L21MP30 48
L21MR01 33
L21MR02 33
L21MR03 223940 33
L21MR03A 223735 15
L21MR08 33
L21MS01 33
L21MS02 33
L21MS03 223941 33
L21MS08 33
L21MT01 33
L21MT02 33
L21MT03 223942 33
L21MT08 33
L21MU01 33
L21MU02 33
L21MU03 223943 33
L21MU03B 223736 15
L21MU08 33
L21NA00 223960 36
L21NB00 36
L21NC00 36
L21ND00 223961 36
L21NE00 36
L21NJ00 223962 36
L21NK00 223963 36
L21NL00 223964 36
L21RP03 223989 39
L21TA03 223970 34
L21TB03 223971 34
L21TF03 223972 34
L21UA03 223975 34
L21UB03 34
L21UC03 34
L21UD03 223976 34
L21UK03 223977 34
L21VB03 38
L22AF01 223811 23
L22AF01A 223711 14
L22AF02 223812 23
L22AF02A 223712 14
L22AF03 223813 23
L22AF03A 223713 14
L22AG04 23
L22AG05 23
L22AG06 23
L22AP10 40
L22AP20 40
L22AP40 40
L22AP50 40
L22AP60 40
L22DC01 27
L22DD01 223872 28
L22DD01A 223721 17
L22DD03 223876 28
L22DL10 44
L22DM10 224080 44
L22DM20 44
L22DM40 44
L22DM50 44
L22DN10 224082 45
L22DQ01 223871 28
L22DR01 223874 29
L22DR01B 223725 18
L22DU01 223895 29
L22DU01A 29
L22DU01G 223728 19
L22EC01 223880 27
L22EC02 27
L22EC03 223881 27
L22EC04 27
L22ED01 223882 27
L22ED01B 223884 27
L22ED01D 223720 16
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
L22ED02 27
L22ED03 223883 27
L22ED04 27
L22EL10 224090 44
L22EM10 224091 44
L22EM20 44
L22EM40 44
L22ER01 223885 29
L22ER01D 223726 18
L22ER01K 29
L22GM01 223891 28
L22GM01E 223722 17
L22GQ01 223890 28
L22GR01 223892 29
L22GR01B 223727 19
L22VA03H 38
L22VA03L 38
L22VA03M 38
L23AA01 223814 24
L23AA02 223815 24
L23AA03 223816 24
L23AA04 24
L23AA05 24
L23AA06 24
L23AA31 24
L23AA32 24
L23AA33 24
L23AA34 24
L23AA35 24
L23AA36 24
L23AA81 24
L23AA82 24
L23AH10 224008 40
L23AH20 224009 40
L23AH31 40
L23AH32 40
L23AH34 40
L23AH35 40
L23AH36 40
L23AH40 40
L23AH50 40
L23AH60 40
L23CH10 224040 43
L23CH20 224049 43
L23CH40 43
L23CH50 43
L23CH60 43
L23SE10 49
L23SE20 49
L23SE31 49
L23SE32 49
L23SE34 49
L23SE35 49
L23SE36 49
L23SE40 49
L23SE50 49
L23SE60 49
L61BA22 223987 26
L61BA22B 26
L61QA21 223980 26
L61QA22 26
L61QA22K 26
L61QA33C 26
L61QB21 223982 25
L61QB21A 223717 14
L61QB21B 25
L61QK21 224073 42
L61QK21A 224075 42
L61QK21H 223767 20
L61QK21L 223765 20
L61QK21M 223766 20
L61QK53 224074 42
L62QH21 41
L62QH21A 41
L62QH22V 41
L62QM21 223984 25
L62QN21 224076 42
LBX0100 224200 90
LBX0100J 224201 90
LBX0100N 90
LBX0100RN 90
LBX0200 224202 90
LBX0300 224203 91
LBX0400 224204 92
LBX0500 224205 93
LBX10110 224210 86
LBX10210 224211 86
LBX10310 87
LBX10410 224213 87
LBX10510 224214 87
LBX10610 86
LBX11101 88
LBX11102 88
LBX11201 88
LBX11202 88
LBX11301 88
LBX11302 88
LBX12510 224216 86
LBX12610 87
LBX130167 90
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
LBX14201 224218 88
LBX14202 88
LBX15101 88
LBX15102 88
LBX15201 88
LBX15202 88
LBX15301 224219 88
LBX15302 224220 88
LBX17101 87
LBX17102 87
LBX17201 87
LBX17202 87
LBX17301 224221 87
LBX17302 224222 87
LBX20120 224230 89
LBX30430 224235 89
LIA1 224301 71
LIA3 224303 71
LIA5 224300 71
LIA7 224304 71
LIA9 224302 71
LIA9081 224330 72
LIA9082 224331 72
LIA9091 224332 72
LIA9191 224344 72
LIA9291 224350 72
LIA9301 224351 72
LIA9303 224352 72
LIA9304 224353 72
LIA9315 224354 72
LIA9327 72
LIA9383 72
LIB1 224306 71
LIB3 224308 71
LIB5 224305 71
LIB7 224309 71
LIB9 224307 71
LIB9093 224358 72
LIB9382 224357 72
LM11 222956 67
LM2A 223990 39
LM2F 223991 39
LM4A 223996 39
LM4F 223997 39
LMV2A 223992 39
LMV2F 223993 39
LMV4F 223999 39
LT01 224371 78
LT02 224372 78
LT03 224376 78
LT04 224374 78
LT05 224370 78
LT06 224373 78
LT10 224381 78
LT20 224382 78
LT21 78
LT22 78
LT23 78
LT24 78
LT25 78
LT26 78
LT31 78
LT32 78
LT34 78
LT35 78
LT36 78
LT40 224384 78
LT50 224380 78
LT60 224383 78
LWA0203 224191 79
LWA0204 224192 79
LWA0205 224193 79
LWA0216 81
LWA0219 224186 82
LWA0223 224196 79
LWA0225 224180 80
LWA0226 224188 82
LWA0228 224190 79
LWA0229 224187 81
LWA0230 224189 81
LWA0234 224185 82
LWA0237 224199 81
LWA0238 224183 82
LWA0240 224182 80
LWA0242 224184 80
LWA0251 79
LWA0252 79
LWA0253 79
LWA0255 79
LWE00100 224177 69
LWE00152 69
LWE00200 224178 69
LWE00232 69
LWE00300 224179 69
LWE00352 69
LWE16100 224174 69
LWE16152 69
LWE16200 224175 69
LWE16232 69
LWE16300 224176 69
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
LWE16352 69
LWG3 224316 73
LWG31 224326 70
LWG33 224328 70
LWG35 224325 70
LWG37 224329 70
LWG39 224327 70
LWP2 224319 73
LWP3 224315 73
LWP31 224321 70
LWP33 224323 70
LWP35 224320 70
LWP37 224324 70
LWP39 224322 70
LWP4 224318 73
T10SB10V 117
T10SB20V 117
T10SB30V 117
T10SB40V 117
T10SB50V 117
T10SB60V 117
T12AG01 106
T12AG02 106
T12AG03 106
T12AG04 106
T12AG05 106
T12AG06 106
T12AP10 114
T12AP20 114
T12AP30 114
T12AP40 114
T12AP50 114
T12HA01 113
T12HA02 113
T12HA03 113
T12HA04 113
T12HA05 113
T12HA06 113
T12HB01 113
T12HB02 113
T12HB03 113
T12HB04 113
T12HB05 113
T12HB06 113
T12HG01 113
T12HG02 113
T12HG03 113
T12HG04 113
T12HG05 113
T12HG06 113
T15SB10V 117
T15SB20V 117
T15SB30V 117
T15SB40V 117
T15SB50V 117
T15SB60V 117
T16AA01 106
T16AA02 106
T16AA03 106
T16AA04 106
T16AA05 106
T16AA06 106
T16AA81 106
T16AA82 106
T16AA83 106
T16AB01 106
T16AB02 106
T16AB03 106
T16AB04 106
T16AB05 106
T16AB06 106
T16AD01 107
T16AD02 107
T16AD03 107
T16AD04 107
T16AE01 107
T16AE03 107
T16AH10 114
T16AH20 114
T16AH30 114
T16AH40 114
T16AH50 114
T16AK10 114
T16AK20 114
T16AK30 114
T16AK40 114
T16AK50 114
T16AM10 114
T16AM20 114
T16AM40 114
T16AM50 114
T16CB01 107
T16CB02 107
T16CB03 107
T16CB04 107
T16CB05 107
T16CB06 107
T16CK10 115
T16CK20 115
T16CK30 115
Control and signallingControl and signalling units Cam switches Switch disconnectors
Catalogue number index
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
T16CK40 115
T16CK50 115
T16DD01 112
T16DD02 112
T16DD03 112
T16DD04 112
T16ED01 112
T16ED02 112
T16ED03 112
T16ED04 112
T16FD01 112
T16FD02 112
T16FD03 112
T16FD04 112
T16GF00 111
T16GG00 111
T16GH00 111
T16GJ00 111
T16GK00 111
T16GL00 111
T16GM00 111
T16GM01 112
T16GP01 112
T16KA01 108
T16KA03 108
T16KA08 108
T16KC01 108
T16KC03 108
T16KC08 108
T16KD01 108
T16KD03 108
T16KD08 108
T16KF01 108
T16KF03 108
T16KF08 108
T16KG10 116
T16KG20 116
T16KG50 116
T16KJ10 116
T16KJ20 116
T16KJ50 116
T16KK10 116
T16KK20 116
T16KK50 116
T16KM10 116
T16KM20 116
T16KM50 116
T16KP01 109
T16KP03 109
T16KP08 109
T16KR01 109
T16KR03 109
T16KR08 109
T16KS01 109
T16KS03 109
T16KS08 109
T16LA00 110
T16LC00 110
T16LD00 110
T16LF00 110
T16MA01 108
T16MA03 108
T16MA08 108
T16MC01 108
T16MC03 108
T16MC08 108
T16MD01 108
T16MD03 108
T16MD08 108
T16ME10 116
T16ME20 116
T16ME50 116
T16MG10 116
T16MG20 116
T16MG50 116
T16MH10 116
T16MH20 116
T16MH50 116
T16MJ10 116
T16MJ20 116
T16MJ50 116
T16MK01 108
T16MK02 108
T16MK08 108
T16MR01 109
T16MR03 109
T16MR08 109
T16MT01 109
T16MT03 109
T16MT08 109
T16MU01 109
T16MU03 109
T16MU08 109
T16NA00 110
T16NC00 110
T16ND00 110
T16NK00 110
T52QA02 107
T52QA03 107
UA0011 121
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
UA0012 121
UA0013 121
UA0014 121
UA0016 121
UA0111 121
UA0112 121
UA0113 121
UA0114 121
UA0202 121
UA0203 120
UA0204 120
UA0205 120
UA0206 120
UA0209 122
UA0215 122
UA0219 120
UA0228 120
UE02 120
UE10 120
UG3 119
UG31 118
UG33 118
UG37 118
UG39 118
UP3 119
UP31 118
UP33 118
UP37 118
UP39 118
WA0210 122
162122 270
223501 134
223502 134
223503 134
223504 134
223505 147
223506 147
223507 147
223508 147
223511 156
223512 156
223513 156
223514 156
223515 205
223516 205
223517 205
223520 212
223521 196
223522 196
223523 196
223525 206
223526 206
223527 192
223528 194
223529 188
227600 130
227601 130
227602 130
227603 130
227604 130
227605 130
227606 130
227608 130
227609 130
227610 130
227611 130
227612 130
227613 130
227614 130
227615 130
227616 130
227617 130
227618 131
227619 131
227620 131
227621 131
227622 131
227623 132
227624 131
227625 131
227626 131
227627 131
227629 132
227630 131
227631 131
227632 131
227636 132
227637 132
BC05Q3 292
BC06Q3 292
BC07Q3 292
BC11Q3 292
BC12Q3 292
BC13Q3 292
BC13Q3 292
BC14Q3 292
BC15Q3 292
BC16Q3 292
BCF140 292
BCF240 292
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
BCF340 292
BCF440 292
BPR01 292
CB3 284
CB4 284
CB5 284
CB6 284
CB8 284
CM10P 270
CQ48 282
CQ64 282
CQ72 282
CQ96 282
C21RA01 252
C21RA02 252
C21RA03 252
C21RA08 252
C21RB01 252
C21RB02 252
C21RB03 252
C21RB08 252
C21RC00 251
C21RC48 251
C21RD00 251
C21RD48 251
C21RE00 251
C21RE48 251
C21RF00 251
C21RF48 251
C21RG00 251
C21RG48 251
C21RH00 251
C21RH48 251
C21RJ00 251
C21RJ48 251
C21RK00 251
C21RK48 251
C21RL00 251
C21RL48 251
C21RM00 251
C21RM48 251
C21RQ00 251
C21RQ48 251
C21RR00 251
C21RR48 251
C21RS00 251
C21RS48 251
C21RT00 251
C21RT48 251
N480MD50 251
N48MD50 251
GC60 280
GC61 266
GC61 280
GC63 266
GC63 280
GCD60 280
GCD61 280
GCD63 280
GN50 279
GN51 266
GN51 279
GN53 279
GN60 279
GN61 266
GN61 279
GN63 266
GN63 279
GND50 279
GND51 279
GND53 279
GND60 279
GND61 279
GND63 279
GSN53 266
HB01AAQ 139
HB01AQ7 138
HB02AAQ 139
HB02AQ7 138
HB03ABQ 139
HB03AQ7 227422 138
HB04ABQ 139
HB04AQ7 138
HC01GAQ 153
HC01GQ7 152
HC02GBQ 153
HC02GQ7 227451 152
HC03GCQ 153
HC03GQ7 227452 152
HC04GDQ 227748 153
HC04GQ7 227453 152
HC51DAQ 162
HC51DQ7 161
HC52DBQ 162
HC52DQ7 161
HC53DCQ 162
HC53DQ7 161
HC54DDQ 162
HC54DQ7 161
HD01ABQ 202
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
HD01AQ7 202
HD02ACQ 202
HD02AQ7 202
HD03AQ7 202
HZ11GCQ 169
HZ11GQ7 169
HZ13GQ7 175
HZ51BDQ 180
HZ51BQ7 180
HZ52BDQ 186
HZ52BQ7 186
HZ52CDQ 186
HZ52CQ7 186
IB01AAQ 139
IB01AQ7 139
IB02AAQ 139
IB02AQ7 139
IB03ABQ 139
IB03AQ7 227427 139
IB04ABQ 139
IB04AQ7 139
IC01GAQ 154
IC01GQ7 153
IC02GBQ 154
IC02GQ7 227456 153
IC03GCQ 154
IC03GQ7 153
IC04GDQ 227753 154
IC04GQ7 227458 153
IC51DAQ 163
IC51DQ7 162
IC52DBQ 163
IC52DQ7 162
IC53DCQ 163
IC53DQ7 162
IC54DDQ 163
IC54DQ7 162
ID01ABQ 203
ID01AQ7 203
ID02ACQ 203
ID02AQ7 203
ID03AQ7 203
IF7 282
IF9 282
IZ11GQ7 170
IZ11GXQ 170
IZ51BDQ 181
IZ52BDQ 187
IZ52CDQ 187
IZ13GQ7 175
IZ51BQ7 181
IZ52BQ7 187
IZ52CQ7 187
J480PN51 267
J481PN51 267
J482PN51 267
J483PN51 267
J48PN51 267
J720MN51 267
J720MN61 267
J721MN51 267
J721MN61 267
J722MN51 267
J722MN61 267
J723MN51 267
J723MN61 267
J72MN51 267
J72MN61 267
J960GN61 267
J961GN61 267
J962GN61 267
J963GN61 267
LB01AQ9 140
LB02AQ9 140
LB03AQ9 140
LB04AQ9 140
LC01GQ9 154
LC02GQ9 154
LC03GQ9 154
LC04GQ9 154
LC51DQ9 163
LC52DQ9 163
LC53DQ9 163
LC54DQ9 163
LD01AQ9 204
LD02AQ9 204
LD03AQ9 204
LG3EV72 141
LG3EV73 141
LG3RV72 143
LG3RV73 143
LG4EV72 141
LG4EV73 141
LG4RV72 143
LG4RV73 143
LS3EV72 141
LS3EV73 141
LS3EV97 142
LS3RV72 142
LS3RV73 142
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
LS3RV97 143
LS4EV72 141
LS4EV73 141
LS4EV97 142
LS4RV72 142
LS4RV73 142
LS4RV97 143
LWA0234 212
MB01AQ9 140
MB02AQ9 140
MB03AQ9 140
MB04AQ9 140
MC01GQ9 155
MC02GQ9 155
MC03GQ9 155
MC04GQ9 155
MC51DQ9 164
MC52DQ9 164
MC53DQ9 164
MC54DQ9 164
MD01AQ9 204
MD02AQ9 204
MD03AQ9 204
MG3EV72 144
MG3EV73 144
MG3RV72 146
MG3RV73 146
MG4EV72 144
MG4EV73 144
MG4RV72 146
MG4RV73 146
MN50 279
MN51 266
MN51 279
MN53 266
MN53 279
MN60 279
MN61 266
MN61 279
MN63 266
MN63 279
MND50 279
MND51 279
MND53 279
MND60 279
MND61 279
MND63 279
MS3EV72 144
MS3EV73 144
MS3EV97 145
MS3RV72 145
MS3RV73 145
MS3RV97 146
MS4EV72 144
MS4EV73 144
MS4EV97 145
MS4RV72 145
MS4RV73 145
MS4RV97 146
N480 284
NB01AC113 135
NB01AGQ 136
NB01AQ1 227400 134
NB01AX80 227540 135
NB01EQ1 227588 134
NB01EX80 227700 135
NB02AC113 135
NB02AGQ 227711 136
NB02AQ1 227401 134
NB02AX80 227541 135
NB02EQ1 227589 134
NB02EX80 227701 135
NB03AC113 135
NB03AHQ 227712 136
NB03AQ1 227402 134
NB03AX80 135
NB03EQ1 227590 134
NB03EX80 227702 135
NB04AC113 135
NB04AHQ 136
NB04AQ1 227403 134
NB04AX80 135
NC01CQ1 227490 147
NC01GC113 148
NC01GQ1 227430 147
NC01GX80 227545 148
NC01GXQ 149
NC02CQ1 227491 147
NC02GC113 148
NC02GQ1 227431 147
NC02GX80 227546 148
NC02GXQ 149
NC03CQ1 227492 147
NC03GC113 148
NC03GQ1 227432 147
NC03GX80 148
NC03GXQ 149
NC04GC113 148
NC04GQ1 227433 147
NC04GX80 148
Cat. No. Alternative
order code
NC04GXQ
NC51DC113
NC51DQ1 227460
NC51DX80
NC51DXQ
NC52DC113
NC52DQ1 227461
NC52DX80
NC52DXQ
NC53DC113
NC53DQ1 227462
NC53DX80 227552
NC53DXQ
NC54DC113
NC54DQ1 227463
NC54DX80 227553
NC54DXQ
ND01AC113
ND01AQ1 227502
ND01AX80
ND01AXQ
ND02AC113
ND02AQ1 227503
ND02AX80
ND02AXQ
ND03AC113
ND03AQ1 227504
ND03AX80
ND03AXQ
ND51EQ1 227597
ND52EQ1 227598
ND53EQ1 227599
NDF03 227704
NDF15 227705
NR51UQ1
NR52UQ1 227706
NR53UQ1
NR54UQ1
NR55UQ1
NY11AQ1 227533
NY11AX80
NY14AQ1
NY14AX80
NY17AQ1 227535
NY17AX80 227558
NY31AQ1 227536
NY31AX80 227561
NY37GQ1 227537
NY37GX80 227562
NZ11GQ1 227510
NZ11GXQ
NZ13GQ1
NZ13GXQ
NZ51BQ1
NZ51BXQ
NZ52BQ1
NZ52BXQ
NZ52CQ1
NZ52CXQ
PC50
PC51
PC51
PC53
PC53
PC60
PC61
PC61
PC63
PC63
PCD50
PCD51
PCD53
PCD60
PCD61
PCD63
PN50
PN51
PN51
PN53
PN53
PND50
PND51
PND53
Q048
Q064
Q072
Q41
Q41
Q410
Q410
Q43
Q43
Q430
Q430
Q45
Q45
Q450
Q450
Q48
Q48
4
Control and signalling units Cam switches Switch disconnectors
Catalogue number index
No. Alternative
order code Page
V97 143
V72 141
V73 141
V97 142
V72 142
V73 142
V97 143
234 212
1AQ9 140
02AQ9 140
AQ9 140
MB04AQ9 140
1GQ9 155
2GQ9 155
3GQ9 155
4GQ9 155
DQ9 164
DQ9 164
3DQ9 164
4DQ9 164
MD01AQ9 204
AQ9 204
3AQ9 204
V72 144
V73 144
V72 146
V73 146
V72 144
V73 144
G4RV72 146
G4RV73 146
279
266
279
266
279
60 279
266
279
266
279
D50 279
D51 279
D53 279
D60 279
D61 279
D63 279
V72 144
V73 144
V97 145
V72 145
V73 145
V97 146
V72 144
V73 144
V97 145
V72 145
V73 145
V97 146
284
1AC113 135
1AGQ 136
1AQ1 227400 134
AX80 227540 135
B01EQ1 227588 134
1EX80 227700 135
AC113 135
2AGQ 227711 136
2AQ1 227401 134
B02AX80 227541 135
B02EQ1 227589 134
EX80 227701 135
B03AC113 135
AHQ 227712 136
B03AQ1 227402 134
B03AX80 135
B03EQ1 227590 134
B03EX80 227702 135
AC113 135
AHQ 136
4AQ1 227403 134
B04AX80 135
1CQ1 227490 147
NC01GC113 148
01GQ1 227430 147
1GX80 227545 148
1GXQ 149
2CQ1 227491 147
NC02GC113 148
GQ1 227431 147
2GX80 227546 148
GXQ 149
3CQ1 227492 147
GC113 148
NC03GQ1 227432 147
3GX80 148
3GXQ 149
NC04GC113 148
04GQ1 227433 147
04GX80 148
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
NC04GXQ 149
NC51DC113 157
NC51DQ1 227460 156
NC51DX80 157
NC51DXQ 158
NC52DC113 157
NC52DQ1 227461 156
NC52DX80 157
NC52DXQ 158
NC53DC113 157
NC53DQ1 227462 156
NC53DX80 227552 157
NC53DXQ 158
NC54DC113 157
NC54DQ1 227463 156
NC54DX80 227553 157
NC54DXQ 158
ND01AC113 198
ND01AQ1 227502 197
ND01AX80 197
ND01AXQ 198
ND02AC113 198
ND02AQ1 227503 197
ND02AX80 197
ND02AXQ 198
ND03AC113 198
ND03AQ1 227504 197
ND03AX80 197
ND03AXQ 198
ND51EQ1 227597 205
ND52EQ1 227598 205
ND53EQ1 227599 205
NDF03 227704 195
NDF15 227705 157
NR51UQ1 207
NR52UQ1 227706 208
NR53UQ1 209
NR54UQ1 210
NR55UQ1 211
NY11AQ1 227533 189
NY11AX80 189
NY14AQ1 190
NY14AX80 190
NY17AQ1 227535 191
NY17AX80 227558 191
NY31AQ1 227536 193
NY31AX80 227561 193
NY37GQ1 227537 194
NY37GX80 227562 195
NZ11GQ1 227510 165
NZ11GXQ 165
NZ13GQ1 171
NZ13GXQ 172
NZ51BQ1 176
NZ51BXQ 176
NZ52BQ1 182
NZ52BXQ 182
NZ52CQ1 182
NZ52CXQ 182
PC50 280
PC51 266
PC51 280
PC53 266
PC53 280
PC60 280
PC61 266
PC61 280
PC63 266
PC63 280
PCD50 280
PCD51 280
PCD53 280
PCD60 280
PCD61 280
PCD63 280
PN50 279
PN51 266
PN51 279
PN53 266
PN53 279
PND50 279
PND51 279
PND53 279
Q048 282
Q064 282
Q072 282
Q41 265
Q41 283
Q410 265
Q410 283
Q43 265
Q43 283
Q430 265
Q430 283
Q45 265
Q45 283
Q450 265
Q450 283
Q48 265
Q48 283
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
Q480 265
Q480 283
Q480PC50 264
Q480PN50 264
Q48PC50 264
Q48PN50 264
Q61 265
Q61 283
Q610 265
Q610 283
Q63 265
Q63 283
Q630 265
Q630 283
Q64 283
Q640 283
Q640MN60 264
Q640PC50 264
Q640PC60 264
Q640PN50 264
Q64MN60 264
Q64PC50 264
Q64PC60 264
Q64PN50 264
Q65 265
Q65 283
Q650 265
Q650 283
Q68 265
Q680 265
Q71 265
Q71 283
Q710 265
Q710 283
Q72 283
Q720 283
Q720MN60 264
Q720PC60 264
Q72MN60 264
Q72PC60 264
Q73 265
Q73 283
Q730 265
Q730 283
Q75 265
Q75 283
Q750 265
Q750 283
Q78 265
Q780 265
Q91 265
Q91 283
Q93 265
Q93 283
Q95 265
Q95 283
Q96 283
Q96GC60 264
Q96GN60 264
Q98 265
SB01AQ1 136
SB01AXQ 137
SB02AQ1 227406 136
SB02AXQ 137
SB03AQ1 227407 136
SB03AXQ 137
SB03EQ1 227592 136
SB04AQ1 227408 136
SB04AXQ 137
SB04EQ1 227593 136
SC01GQ1 227435 149
SC01GXQ 150
SC02GQ1 149
SC02GXQ 150
SC03GQ1 149
SC03GXQ 150
SC04GQ1 227438 149
SC04GXQ 150
SC51DQ1 158
SC51DXQ 159
SC52DQ1 158
SC52DXQ 159
SC53DQ1 158
SC53DXQ 159
SC54DQ1 158
SC54DXQ 159
SD01AQ1 199
SD01AXQ 199
SD02AQ1 199
SD02AXQ 199
SD03AQ1 199
SD03AXQ 199
SZ11GQ1 227514 166
SZ11GXQ 166
SZ13GQ1 172
SZ13GXQ 173
SZ51BQ1 177
SZ51BXQ 177
SZ52BQ1 183
SZ52BXQ 183
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
SZ52CQ1 227517 183
SZ52CXQ 183
TB01AQ1 227410 137
TB01AXQ 137
TB02AQ1 137
TB02AXQ 137
TB03AQ1 227412 137
TB03AXQ 137
TB03EQ1 227594 137
TB04AQ1 137
TB04AXQ 137
TC01GQ1 227440 150
TC01GXQ 151
TC02GQ1 150
TC02GXQ 227736 151
TC03GQ1 150
TC03GXQ 151
TC04GQ1 150
TC04GXQ 227738 151
TC51DQ1 227470 159
TC51DXQ 160
TC52DQ1 159
TC52DXQ 160
TC53DQ1 159
TC53DXQ 160
TC54DQ1 159
TC54DXQ 160
TD01AQ1 200
TD01AXQ 200
TD02AQ1 200
TD02AXQ 200
TD03AQ1 200
TD03AXQ 200
TZ11GQ1 167
TZ11GXQ 167
TZ13GQ1 173
TZ13GXQ 174
TZ51BQ1 178
TZ51BXQ 178
TZ52BQ1 184
TZ52BXQ 184
TZ52CQ1 184
TZ52CXQ 184
UF36 282
UF36000 282
UF38 282
UF38000 282
WE40 281
WE41 281
WE43 281
WE45 281
WE47 281
WE60 281
WE61 281
WE63 281
WE65 281
WE67 281
WE70 281
WE71 281
WE73 281
WE75 281
WE77 281
WE90 281
WE91 281
WE93 281
WE95 281
WR01 269
WR02 269
WR03 269
WR04 269
ZB01AQ7 227415 138
ZB01AXQ 138
ZB02AQ7 138
ZB02AXQ 138
ZB03AQ7 227417 138
ZB03AXQ 138
ZB03EQ7 227596 138
ZB04AQ7 227418 138
ZB04AXQ 138
ZC01GQ7 151
ZC01GXQ 152
ZC02GQ7 227446 151
ZC02GXQ 152
ZC03GQ7 151
ZC03GXQ 152
ZC04GQ7 227448 151
ZC04GXQ 227743 152
ZC51DQ7 160
ZC51DXQ 161
ZC52DQ7 227476 160
ZC52DXQ 161
ZC53DQ7 160
ZC53DXQ 161
ZC54DQ7 160
ZC54DXQ 161
ZD01AQ7 201
ZD01AXQ 201
ZD02AQ7 201
ZD02AXQ 201
ZD03AQ7 201
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
ZZ11GQ7 168
ZZ11GXQ 168
ZZ13GQ7 174
ZZ51BQ7 179
ZZ51BXQ 179
ZZ52BQ7 185
ZZ52BXQ 185
ZZ52CQ7 185
ZZ52CXQ 185
165009 222142 298
165109 222143 298
165209 222144 298
165309 222145 298
165409 222146 298
165509 222147 298
168009 222152 303
168109 222153 303
168209 222154 303
168309 222155 303
168409 222156 303
168509 222157 303
172000 222110 306
172001 222102 295
172002 222122 296
172003 222132 297
172011 222108 295
172021 222112 295
172061 222172 299
172065 222212 306
172071 222179 299
172075 222202 306
172100 222130 306
172101 222103 295
172102 222123 296
172103 222133 297
172121 222113 295
172161 222173 299
172165 222213 306
172167 222232 309
172174 222201 306
172175 222203 306
172177 222235 309
172179 222208 306
172179 222208 310
172179 222208 313
172185 222222 306
172189 222238 309
172189 222238 312
172189 222238 315
172195 222225 306
172199 222239 309
172199 222239 312
172199 222239 315
172200 222140 310
172201 222104 295
172202 222124 296
172221 222114 295
172261 222174 299
172265 222214 310
172267 222270 309
172267 222270 312
172267 222270 315
172275 222204 310
172277 222272 309
172277 222272 312
172277 222272 315
172300 222150 310
172301 222105 295
172302 222125 296
172321 222115 295
172361 222175 299
172365 222215 310
172367 222233 312
172375 222205 310
172377 222236 312
172385 222223 310
172395 222226 310
172399 222242 308
172400 222170 313
172401 222106 295
172402 222126 296
172421 222116 295
172461 222176 299
172465 222216 313
172475 222206 313
172500 222180 313
172501 222107 295
172502 222127 296
172549 222244 308
172559 222245 308
172561 222177 299
172565 222217 313
172567 222234 315
172569 222246 311
172575 222207 313
172577 222237 315
172579 222247 311
172585 222224 313
172589 222248 314
172595 222227 313
Cat. No. Alternative
order code Page
172599 222249 314
172601 222250 307
172601 222250 311
172602 222260 307
172603 222251 307
172604 222261 307
172612 222263 311
172621 222252 314
172622 222262 314
172629 222280 309
172629 222280 312
172629 222280 315
172639 222281 309
172639 222281 312
172639 222281 315
172649 222282 309
172649 222282 312
172649 222282 315
172901 222101 294
172911 222109 294
172921 222111 294
172945 222295 294
172945 222295 300
172961 222171 299
172965 222231 294
172965 222231 300
172971 222178 299
172981 222181 299
174001 222164 301
174002 222188 302
174005 222195 304
174061 222118 305
174101 222165 301
174102 222189 302
174105 222196 304
174161 222119 305
174179 222275 309
174179 222275 312
174179 222275 315
174189 222276 309
174189 222276 312
174189 222276 315
174199 222274 309
174199 222274 312
174199 222274 315
174201 222166 301
174202 222190 302
174205 222197 304
174249 222269 309
174249 222269 312
174249 222269 315
174259 222271 309
174259 222271 312
174259 222271 315
174261 222120 305
174269 222273 309
174269 222273 312
174269 222273 315
174301 222167 301
174302 222191 302
174305 222198 304
174361 222121 305
174399 222243 308
174401 222168 301
174402 222192 302
174405 222199 304
174449 222299 309
174461 222128 305
174501 222169 301
174502 222193 302
174505 222200 304
174559 222285 309
174561 222129 304
174569 222286 309
174599 222284 309
174601 222255 307
174601 222255 311
174621 222257 314
174901 222163 300
5
ÿBLOCK
“Imaginatively
durable”
- Securely fixed
- Stackable
- Grade protection:
plug-in terminals
- Electrical insula
- LED blocks combining
economy (100,
- Corrosion resistan
- Conform to standar
- Compliant with
restriction of haz
See pages 52 to
Heads, blocks and connection...
designed to last!
ÿHEAD
“Cleverly designed to be both ergonomic and
clearly visible”
- Insulating material ensures electrical safety
- Integrated anti-rotation tab
- Legend holder frame keeps IP 66 + IP 69K protection
- Optimised ergonomic design
- Choice of bezels: black or chrome plastic
- Innovative and varied functions
- Optimised dimensions
See pages 23 to 50
ÿCLIP
“Flexibility of configuration: 1, 3 or 5 position clips
Contact blocks can be assembled in any order…”
- Enhanced rigidity
- For 1, 3 and 5 blocks
- Blocks are simply snapped onto the clip
See page 69
LOCKING
RING
Control and signalling units ø 22
6
ÿCONNECTION
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
ÿBLOCK
“Imaginatively designed to be safe, robust and
durable”
- Securely fixed by clipping into place
- Stackable
- Grade protection: IP 20 as “finger safe” on screw and
plug-in terminals
- Electrical insulation
- LED blocks combining long life and
economy (100,000 hours)
- Corrosion resistant to some chemicals and sea air, etc
- Conform to standard EN/IEC 60947-5-1
- Compliant with RoHS European directive (concerning
restriction of hazardous substances)
See pages 52 to 68
[
[
[
Time-saving
and completely
safe.
[
SCREW TERMINALS
FASTON TERMINALS
PIN STYLE TERMINALS (FOR PCB)
position clips
order…”
7
Button plate can
4 positions (0° ; 90°
Ch
Illuminated head
5 colours,
LED light source
Mushroom head
ISO 13850
illuminated
Double touch
innovative design
IP 66 to IP 69K
IK 05
Head with
anti-rotation tab
New heads...
robust and clearly marked!
ÿADVANTAGES
We’re full of innovative ideas from listening to your needs, and watching you work
- On all heads, rotation is prevented by a tab which retracts when not required
- Insulating material ensures electrical safety
- Design and shape help avoid build-up of dirt and make the switch easy to clean
- ISO 13850 illuminated mushroom head with yellow collar for side-on visual indication
- Optimised ergonomic design
- Innovative functions: illuminated emergency stop mushroom head, etc
- Optimised dimensions: low-profile heads
Selector switches
with key, handle,
long handle, or knob
Ø22,3 mm cut-out
:
Optional cut-out required
for anti-rotation tab
:
Control and signalling units ø 22
IP69K
8
ÿREADY-ASSEMBLED CONTROL STATION
- Innovative design
- 1, 2 or 3 buttons
See page 86
ÿMARKING WITH LEGENDS
- Frame can be turned to 4 positions (0° ; 90° ; 180° and 270°)
- Special legend plate for double touch
- Legend plates: choice between 5 colours, blank or pre-en-
graved
Frame
round or square shape,
30 or 40 mm wide
Legend plate
can be clipped into
place after installation
Engraving
Button plate can be mounted in
4 positions (0° ; 90° ; 180° and 270°)
Bezels
Choice between:
black or chrome
Illuminated head
ource
Selector switches
key, handle,
handle, or knob
9
Simplicity, speed, choice!
ÿADVANTAGES
Our objective is to simplify and shorten time of installation:
- Head held firmly in place by auto-grip ring, allows single-hand mounting
- Foolproof method of positioning the block sub-assembly correctly on the head
- Rotating metallic latch easily accessible with a screwdriver where space is limited
- Anti rotation tab to be aligned with notch of panel cut-out (p. 95), retracts when not required
Method for tightening the locking ring:
Tightening torque: 3 Nm or tightened with fixing tool (p. 82) to hand tight after pressure point plus another half turn.
Fixing
Locate block onto head
and lock in place with
rotating metallic latch
Locking ring
to fix the head
Auto-grip ring
head held firmly
in the drilling hole
during assembly
Anti rotation Tab
1
w
w
w
w
w
2
Control and signalling units ø 22
10
another half turn.
Fixing
Locate block onto head
nd lock in place with
rotating metallic latch
1
w
2
w
Quick connection
No tool required for wires with ferrules.
New plug-in terminals
123
SEPARATE UNITS
- Maximum flexibility
- For numerous possible solutions
ÿCONFIGURATIONS
“A range designed to meet adapt to all requirements
and all situations”
COMPLETE UNITS
- Control and signalling units are supplied ready for use with
head and pre-assembled block/clip
- A single product code provides a solution for the most com-
mon needs
CUSTOMISED SOLUTIONS
(request form p. 83)
- Custom assemblies to suit your needs
- The Baco response for specific requirements:
pre-assembly, aesthetic design, engraving, etc
11
12
Products for industrial environments Degree
Control and signalling units ø 22
ÿBACO PROVIDES SOLUTIONS FOR HARSH INDUSTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS
BACO push buttons Ø 22mm are available in plastic bodies and can be fitted with an external shroud to protect
against liquid and dust ingress into the head itself.
All front elements are rated to a minimum IP 66 environmental rating, protecting against high seas, sprayed water
and dirt. Many standard operators have more stringent IP 67 and IP 69K ratings, protecting from submersion and
high-pressure/high-temperature wash down environments.
ÿWHAT IS THE
IP 66/IP 67 protection
jets and temporary
jets with high temper
strict standards.
Illuminated or non-illumina
tons and pilot devic
ÿWATERPROOF
BACO’s control & pilot
Protected from high
ÿWATERPROOF
BACO’s control & pilot
waterproof enclosur
according to IP 67. The
porary immersion in
ÿTOUGH AND
The IP 69K certification
regular intensive cleaning
BACO’s control devic
not have to worry about
leave them out in the
ÿACCESSORIES TO PERFORM
BACO Ø 22mm control and signalling devices can be equipped with protective shrouds which guarantee a degree of
protection to IP 67 shrouds prevent ingress of water and dust.
BACO operators to meet the needs of industries such as:
Outdoor Machinery
Food processing
Pharmaceutical
Petrochemical
Waste Treatment
Bottling
Car Wash Centers
Trucking/Transportation
Mobile Machines
Material Handling
Marine
Metal Forming
Mining
Oil & Gas
IP 66 - IP 69K E-Stops IP 66 - IP 69K operators IP 66 - IP 69K selectors IP 66 - IP 69K pilot devices
Shrouds for Twin
touch operator
Shrouds for
projected operator
Shrouds for
flush operator
IP 67 Shrouded
Twin touch operator
IP 67 Shrouded
projected operator
Industrial v
13
environments Degree of ingress protection
protect
yed water
submersion and
ÿWHAT IS THE MEANING OF IP 66/67/69K PROTECTION DEGREE?
IP 66/IP 67 protection degrees are degrees of protection provided by the standard (respectively against strong water
jets and temporary water immersion). BACO has introduced on its products IP 69K protection degree (against water
jets with high temperature and pressure), to offer the maximum achievable and testable performances, fulfilling more
strict standards.
Illuminated or non-illuminated, momentary or maintained action pushbuttons, selector switches, emergency stop but-
tons and pilot devices for harsh environments, sealed to IP 67 or IP 69K when manufactured after week 36_2015.
ÿWATERPROOF ACCORDING TO IP 66
BACO’s control & pilot devices are protected from total dust ingress.
Protected from high pressure water jets from any direction too.
ÿWATERPROOF ACCORDING TO IP 67
BACO’s control & pilot devices are perfect for tough environments where a
waterproof enclosure is required. Shrouded modular devices are approved
according to IP 67. The products are protected against the effects of tem-
porary immersion in water, one meter down, for up to 30 minutes.
ÿTOUGH AND ROBUST ACCORDING TO IP 69K
The IP 69K certification was initially developed for applications that need
regular intensive cleaning (dump trucks, cement mixers, etc.).
BACO’s control devices are certified according to IP 69K meaning you do
not have to worry about treating them rough. Spray them with water or
leave them out in the snow. They will stay reliable and functional.
a degree of
or
2.5m
100l/min
3 min
30 min1 meter
0°
30°
60°
90°
10-15
cm
Industrial vehicles Outdoor machinery Mining Marine
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SPRING RETURN - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
L21AA02A
Complete units: Push-buttons ø 22
FLUSH
Without engraving
Red NC
L21AA01B
Green NO
L21AA02A
Black NO
L21AA03A
Yellow NO
L21AA04C
Blue NO
L21AA06A
With engraving
Red NC
L21AA81B
Green NO
L21AA82B
Cat. No.
PROJECTING
Red NC
L21AB01A
FLUSH
Supplied with opaque shroud
Red NC
L22AF01A
Green NO
L22AF02A
Black NO
L22AF03A
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
FLUSH-PROJECTING
Green - Flush NO
Red - Projecting NC
L61QB21A
Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66
L21AB01A
L22AF01A
L61QB21A
20,1 19,6
43 11
Ø 29,9
20,1 19,6
43 16,3
Ø 29,9
20,1 19,6
43 16,9
Ø31,5
26
43
17
11
53,9
1413 2221
1413
1413
1413
1413 2221
1413 2221
1413
1413
2221
2221
132
NO NF
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
Complete units:
WITH HANDLE
L21KE03B
WITH HANDLE
L21MA03A
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21MR03A
WITH KEY
L21LA00G
14
Characteristics (p. 98)
L21AA01B
L21AA02A
L21AA03A
L21AA04C
L21AA06A
L21AA81B
L21AA82B
Cat. No.
L21AB01A
L22AF01A
L22AF02A
L22AF03A
L61QB21A
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units: Selector switches ø 22
WITH HANDLE
L21KE03B
Cat. No.
2 positions
WITH HANDLE
L21MA03A
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21MR03A
WITH KEY
L21LA00G
20,1 19,6
43 23
Ø 29,9
26
43 23
Ø 29,9
26
43 23
24
Ø 29,9
20,1 19,6
43
Ø 29,9
26,2
48,4
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black NO
L21KE03B
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black 2 NO
L21MA03A
Spring return to 0
- 45°
Black 2 NO
L21MD03A
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black 2 NO
L21MR03A
Spring return to 0
- 45°
Black 2 NO
L21MU03B
Supplied with 2 keys profile n°455
Stay-put positions - 45°
Key free
in position
0
NO
L21LA00G
01
0
12
12
0
0
12
1
2
0
1
0
Cat. No.
3 positions
Cat. No.
3 positions
Cat. No.
2 positions
1413
1413 2423
1413 2423
1413 2423
1413 2423
1413
132
NO NO
132
NO NO
132
NO NO
132
NO NO
15
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units: Mushroom heads ø 22
>
Ø 40 - SPRING RETURN
Plastic chrome bezel
Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Red NC
L21AD01C
L21AD01C
Cat. No.
Push
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Black bezel
Red NC
L22ED01D
Cat. No.
Push-turn to reset
L22ED01D
20,1 19,6
43 22
Ø40
20,1 19,6
43
Ø40
25,7
2221
2221
MUSHROOM
>
Complete units:
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
L22DD01A
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
L22GM01E
20,1
19,6
43
Ø40
34,2
20,1
19,6
43 30,7
Ø40
16
Characteristics (p. 98)
L21AD01C
Cat. No.
L22ED01D
Cat. No.
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units: Mushroom heads ø 22
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red NC
L22DD01A
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
L22DD01A
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n°455
Red NC
L22GM01E
Cat. No.
Key to reset
L22GM01E
20,1 19,6
43
Ø40
34,2
20,1 19,6
43 30,7
53,7
Ø40
2221
2221
17
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units: Mushroom heads ø 22
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red NO + NC
L22ER01D
L22ER01D
Cat. No.
Push-turn to reset
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red NO + NC
L22DR01B
L22DR01B
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
26
43
Ø40
39,7
26
43
Ø40
39,7
1413
2221
1413
2221
132
NO NF
132
NO NF
18
19
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Double position indicator: head and collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Supplied with 2 keys profile n°455
Red NO + NC
L22GR01B
L22GR01B
Cat. No.
Key to reset
Ø 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Double position indicator: head and collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Flag indicator: Engraving STOP and I
Red NC
L22DU01G
L22DU01G
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset with flag indicator
26
43
Ø40
40,8
63,8
20,1 19,65
43
Ø54
38,5
1413
2221
132
NO NF
2221
Complete units: Mushroom heads ø 22
20
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SPRING RETURN - ILLUMINATED
>
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units:
WITH HANDLE
L21KG10C
FLUSH
LED blocks
24V
Red NO+NC
L21AH10L
Green NO+NC
L21AH20L
Yellow NO+NC
L21AH40L
White NO+NC
L21AH50L
Blue NO+NC
L21AH60L
130 V
Red NO+NC
L21AH10M
Green NO+NC
L21AH20M
230 V
Red NO+NC
L21AH10H
Green NO+NC
L21AH20H
Cat. No.
Complete units: Pushbuttons ø 22
TWIN TOUCH - FLUSH-PROJECTING
LED blocks
Central part illuminated
24 V
Green NO
Red NC
L61QK21L
130 V
Green NO
Red NC
L61QK21M
230 V
Green NO
Red NC
L61QK21H
L61QK21H
L21AH20L
26
43 17
11
53,9
26
43 11
Ø 29,9
1413 X1 X2
2221
132
NO NF
1413 X1 X2
2221
132
NO NF
Degree of protection: IP 66
21
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Complete units: Selector switches ø 22
LED blocks
Stay-put positions - 45°
24 V
Red NO + NC
L21KG10C
Green NO + NC
L21KG20E
Black NO + NC
L21KG30B
WITH HANDLE 2 positions
L21KG10C
Cat. No.
L21AH10L
L21AH20L
L21AH40L
L21AH50L
L21AH60L
L21AH10M
L21AH20M
L21AH10H
L21AH20H
Cat. No.
L61QK21L
L61QK21M
L61QK21H
26
43 23
Ø 29,9
01
1413 X1 X2
2221
22
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
L21AA00
Separate u
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
L22AF01
L21AA02
Complete units: Pilot lights ø 22
IP 66 - IP 69K
Complete units consisting of:
- head
- clip and screw electrical blocks assembled
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PILOT LIGHTS
>
LED blocks
24 V
Red
L20SE10L
Green
L20SE20L
Yellow
L20SE40L
White
L20SE50L
Blue
L20SE60L
130 V
Red
L20SE10M
Green
L20SE20M
Yellow
L20SE40M
White
L20SE50M
Blue
L20SE60M
230V
Red
L20SE10H
Green
L20SE20H
Yellow
L20SE40H
White
L20SE50H
Blue
L20SE60H
One-piece pilot lights (p. 49-50)
L20SE20L
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
20,1 19,6
43 11,3
Ø 29,9 X1 X2
23
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Without engraving
Red
L21AA01
Green
L21AA02
Black
L21AA03
Yellow
L21AA04
White
L21AA05
Blue
L21AA06
With engraving
Red
L21AA81
Green
L21AA82
Black
L21AA83
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L21AA31
Green
L21AA32
Black
L21AA33
Yellow
L21AA34
White
L21AA35
Blue
L21AA36
(Other colours and engraving: fill in the form p. 83)
Without button plate
L21AA00
Button plates (see p. 78)
Cat. No.
L21AA00
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Supplied with shroud
Opaque
Red
L22AF01
Green
L22AF02
Black
L22AF03
Transparent
Yellow
L22AG04
White
L22AG05
Blue
L22AG06
L22AF01
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
L21AA02
L20SE10L
L20SE20L
L20SE40L
L20SE50L
L20SE60L
L20SE10M
L20SE20M
L20SE40M
L20SE50M
L20SE60M
L20SE10H
L20SE20H
L20SE40H
L20SE50H
L20SE60H
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 98)
11
Ø 29,9
16,9
Ø31,5
24
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate u
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
L61QB21
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
L62QM21
SPRING RETURN - MUS
L21AE03
SPRING RETURN - MUS
L21AD01
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 32
Red
L21AC01
Green
L21AC02
Black
L21AC03
Yellow
L21AC04
L21AC03
Push
SPRING RETURN - SUPER FLUSH
Metallic chrome bezel
Cut-out ø 30,5 mm
Without engraving
Red
L23AA01
Green
L23AA02
Black
L23AA03
Yellow
L23AA04
White
L23AA05
Blue
L23AA06
With engraving
Red
L23AA81
Green
L23AA82
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L23AA31
Green
L23AA32
Black
L23AA33
Yellow
L23AA34
White
L23AA35
Blue
L23AA36
(Other colours and engraving: fill in the form p. 83)
L23AA02
Cat. No.
Degree of protection: IP 66
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
Red
L21AB01
Green
L21AB02
Black
L21AB03
Yellow
L21AB04
White
L21AB05
Blue
L21AB06
L21AB01
22
Ø32
29,6
Ø38
2,8
32,4
16,25
Ø 29,9
25
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
Green
Red
L61QB21
Green engraving START
Red engraving STOP
L61QB21B
L61QB21
Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
Supplied with transparent shroud
Green
Red
L62QM21
L62QM21
Double touch - reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 70
Red
L21AE01
Black
L21AE03
L21AE03
Push
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40
Red
L21AD01
Green
L21AD02
Black
L21AD03
Yellow
L21AD04
Blue
L21AD06
L21AD01
Cat. No.
Push
L21AC01
L21AC02
L21AC03
L21AC04
L23AA01
L23AA02
L23AA03
L23AA04
L23AA05
L23AA06
L23AA81
L23AA82
r
L23AA31
L23AA32
L23AA33
L23AA34
L23AA35
L23AA36
Cat. No.
L21AB01
L21AB02
L21AB03
L21AB04
L21AB05
L21AB06
17 11
29,9
53,9
19 11
31,4
55,4
22
Ø70
22
Ø40
26
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
MUSHROOM
>
Separate u
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
L22ED01
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
L22EC01
STAY-PUT - PROJECTI
L21CB02
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
L22DC01
Separate units ø 22: Heads
STAY-PUT - FLUSH
Red
L21CA01
Green
L21CA02
Black
L21CA03
Yellow
L21CA04
White
L21CA05
Blue
L21CA06
L21CA01
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING-FLUSH
L61BA22
Triple touch - degree of protection: IP 66
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH
Green
Red
L61QA21
Green engraving
Green engraving
L61QA22
Green
Green
L61QA22K
Black
Black
L61QA33C
L61QA21
Cat. No.
Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66
Green
Red engraving STOP
Green
L61BA22
Green
Red engraving STOP
Green
L61BA22B
➘
11
Ø 29,9
11
17
29,9
53,9
29,9
53,9
12,3 11
➘
➘
➘
➘
➘
➘
➘
27
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Separate units ø 22: Heads
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Without engraving
Red
L22ED01
Green
L22ED02
Black
L22ED03
Yellow
L22ED04
With engraving
Red - engraving STOP - STOP - STOP
L22ED01B
L22ED01
Push-turn to reset
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22EC01
Green
L22EC02
Black
L22EC03
Yellow
L22EC04
L22EC01
Push-turn to reset
STAY-PUT - PROJECTING
Plastic chrome bezel
Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Red
L21CB01
Green
L21CB02
Black
L21CB03
Yellow
L21CB04
White
L21CB05
Blue
L21CB06
L21CB02
Cat. No.
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22DC01
L22DC01
Push-pull to reset
L21CA01
L21CA02
L21CA03
L21CA04
L21CA05
L21CA06
L61QA21
L61QA22
L61QA22K
L61QA33C
Cat. No.
L61BA22
L61BA22B
Ø40
25,7
Ø32
25,7
16,3
Ø 29,9
Ø32
34,2
28
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
ISO 13850 EM
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
L22DU01
Separate u
Ø 54 ISO 13850 - STAY
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY
L22GR01
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY
L22ER01
L22DR01
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY
Separate units ø 22: Heads
Ø 32 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22GQ01
L22GQ01
Key to reset
ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22DD01
Black
L22DD03
L22DD01
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
Ø 32 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22DQ01
L22DQ01
Cat. No.
Push-pull
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Red
L22GM01
L22GM01
Key to reset
MUSHROOM HEAD - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
40,8
63,8
Ø32
Ø40
34,2
Ø32
39,7 30,7
53,7
Ø40
29
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
L22DU01
Separate units ø 22: Heads
Double position indicator: head and collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red - engraving O- I
L22DU01A
Red - engraving STOP - I
L22DU01
Ø 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset with flag indicator
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22GR01
L22GR01
Key to reset
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22ER01
Red with symbol IEC 60417-5638 / ISO 13850
L22ER01K
L22ER01
Push-turn to reset
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22DR01
L22DR01
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Push-pull to reset
Cat. No.
L22GQ01
L22DD01
L22DD03
Cat. No.
L22DQ01
Cat. No.
L22GM01
Ø54
38,5
Ø40
40,8
63,8
Ø40
39,7
Ø40
39,7
30
Separate units ø 22: Heads
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
Equipped with a locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
WITH HANDLE
L21KA03
Cat. No.
2 positions
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
WITH HANDLE
23
Ø 29,9 01
01
01
0
1
01
0
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KA01
Green
L21KA02
Black
L21KA03
Grey
L21KA08
Spring return - 45°
Red
L21KB01
Green
L21KB02
Black
L21KB03
Grey
L21KB08
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KC01
Green
L21KC02
Black
L21KC03
Grey
L21KC08
Spring return - 45°
Red
L21KD01
Green
L21KD02
Black
L21KD03
Grey
L21KD08
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KE01
Green
L21KE02
Black
L21KE03
Grey
L21KE08
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KF01
Green
L21KF02
Black
L21KF03
Grey
L21KF08
L21MA03
L21MA08
Separate u
31
Characteristics (p. 98)
Cat. No.
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
WITH HANDLE Cat. No.
3 positions
L21KA01
L21KA02
L21KA03
L21KA08
L21KB01
L21KB02
L21KB03
L21KB08
L21KC01
L21KC02
L21KC03
L21KC08
L21KD01
L21KD02
L21KD03
L21KD08
L21KE01
L21KE02
L21KE03
L21KE08
L21KF01
L21KF02
L21KF03
L21KF08
L21MA03
L21MA08
23
Ø 29,9
0
12
0
2
1
0
1
2
1
2
0
0
2
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21MA01
Green
L21MA02
Black
L21MA03
Grey
L21MA08
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Red
L21MB01
Green
L21MB02
Black
L21MB03
Grey
L21MB08
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
L21MC01
Green
L21MC02
Black
L21MC03
Grey
L21MC08
Spring return to 0- 45°
Red
L21MD01
Green
L21MD02
Black
L21MD03
Grey
L21MD08
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21MK01
Green
L21MK02
Black
L21MK03
Grey
L21MK08
Separate units ø 22: Heads
32
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate u
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21MR03
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21KP03
Cat. No.
2 positions
23
24
Ø 29,9
01
01
01
0
1
01
0
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KP01
Green
L21KP02
Black
L21KP03
Grey
L21KP08
Spring return - 45°
Red
L21KQ01
Green
L21KQ02
Black
L21KQ03
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KR01
Green
L21KR02
Black
L21KR03
Spring return - 45°
Red
L21KS01
Green
L21KS02
Black
L21KS03
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KT01
Green
L21KT02
Black
L21KT03
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KU01
Green
L21KU02
Black
L21KU03
33
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21MR03
Cat. No.
3 positions
Cat. No.
23
24
Ø 29,9
0
12
0
2
1
0
1
2
1
2
0
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21MR01
Green
L21MR02
Black
L21MR03
Grey
L21MR08
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Red
L21MS01
Green
L21MS02
Black
L21MS03
Grey
L21MS08
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
L21MT01
Green
L21MT02
Black
L21MT03
Grey
L21MT08
Spring return to 0- 45°
Red
L21MU01
Green
L21MU02
Black
L21MU03
Grey
L21MU08
L21KP01
L21KP02
L21KP03
L21KP08
L21KQ01
L21KQ02
L21KQ03
L21KR01
L21KR02
L21KR03
L21KS01
L21KS02
L21KS03
L21KT01
L21KT02
L21KT03
L21KU01
L21KU02
L21KU03
34
IP 66
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
L21TF03
Cat. No.
Separate units ø 22: Heads
WITH KNOB 2 positions - degree of protection: IP 66
WITH KNOB
L21UA03
3 positions - degree of protection: IP 66
Ø 29,9
23
Ø 29,9
23
01
01
0
1
0
12
0
2
1
1
2
0
0
1
2
0
2
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
L21UA03
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Black
L21UB03
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Black
L21UC03
Spring return to 0- 45°
Black
L21UD03
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
L21UK03
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
L21TA03
Spring return - 45°
Black
L21TB03
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
L21TF03
35
WITH KEY Cat. No.
2 positions
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
L21LG00
Ø 29,9
26,2
48,4
1
0
1
0
1
0
01
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
Key free in position:
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
0L21LA00
Spring return - 45°
Black
0 L21LB00
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
0L21LC00
Spring return - 45°
Black
0L21LD00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
0L21LF00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
0-1 L21LG00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
0-1 L21LH00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
1L21LK00
Key profile n° 1424 A and others (form p. 83)
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 35 07/06/2017 15:51
36
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
L21HA01
Separate u
L21HB01
SPRING RETURN - PROJE
WITH KEY
L21NA00
Cat. No.
Separate units ø 22: Heads
3 positions
ADJUSTABLE
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Ø 29,9
26,2
48,4
0
2
1
12
0
0
2
1
0
2
1
0
2
1
02
1
0
2
1
0
12
Key free in position:
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
0L21NA00
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Black
0 L21NB00
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Black
0 L21NC00
Spring return to 0- 45°
Black
0L21ND00
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
1 - 2 L21NE00
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Black
1L21NJ00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
1-0-2 L21NK00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black
0L21NL00
Key profile n° 1424 A and others (form p. 83)
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 36 07/06/2017 15:51
37
IP 65
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel
Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
To be used without electrical block
Stroke
11
mm
Adjustable: 26 mm min to 46 mm max / front side of panel
Without engraving
Red
L21HA01
Green
L21HA02
Black
L21HA03
Yellow
L21HA04
White
L21HA05
Blue
L21HA06
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L21HA31
Green
L21HA32
Black
L21HA33
Yellow
L21HA34
White
L21HA35
Blue
L21HA36
L21HA01
Cat. No.
Separate units ø 22: Heads
L21HB01
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
To be used without electrical block
Stroke
11
mm
Adjustable: 26 mm min to 46 mm max / front side of panel
Red
L21HB01
Green
L21HB02
Black
L21HB03
Yellow
L21HB04
White
L21HB05
Blue
L21HB06
Cat. No.
ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL PUSH/RESET BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
20,8
Ø 29,4
Ø 29,4
27,2
L21NA00
L21NB00
L21NC00
L21ND00
1-2 L21NE00
L21NJ00
1-0-2 L21NK00
L21NL00
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 37 07/06/2017 15:51
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
38
LM2F
LMV4F
IP 66 - IP 69K
BUTTON FOR
>
USB INTERFACE 3.0 TYPE A/A CONNECTION
>
AUDIBLE WARNING BUZZERS
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate uSeparate units ø 22: Heads
>>
>
USB interface 3.0 type A/A connection
L21VB03
USB class: 3.0 (backward compatible with USB class 2.0)
Recommended fixing tool: Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm
24 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound
L22VA03L
130 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound
L22VA03M
230 V AC/DC Buzzer pulse or continuous sound
L22VA03H
Recommended fixing tool: Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm
L21RP03
L21VB03
L22VA03L
JOYSTICKS -
>
66,5
19.221
29.7
11.637.2
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Degree of protection: IP 65
Degree of protection: IP 66, IP 69K
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 38 07/06/2017 15:51
39
LM2F
Cat. No.
LMV4F
IP 65 - IP 66
With locking ring
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
BUTTON FOR POTENTIOMETER - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
>
Head + mounting base for potentiometer
Plastic chrome bezel
Shaft ø 6 or 6.35 mm
L21RP03
Potentiometer length 46 to 51 mm
L21VB03
m
L22VA03L
L22VA03M
L22VA03H
m
L21RP03
Cat. No.
JOYSTICKS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
non latching latching
66,5 70
3635
73
A0B
22
Ø 29,4
A-0-B
C-0-D
A
B
C0D
A
B
A0B
A-0-B
C-0-D
A
B
C0D
A
B
Heads supplied with a 3 position clip
Specific electrical blocks (p. 67)
Head does not lock in position 0
2 directions - 3 positions
2 maintained (stay-put)
LM2F
2 spring-return
LM2A
4 directions - 5 positions
4 maintained (stay-put)
LM4F
4 spring-return
LM4A
Head locks in position 0
2 directions - 3 positions
2 maintained (stay-put)
LMV2F
2 spring-return
LMV2A
4 directions - 5 positions
4 maintained (stay-put)
LMV4F
4 spring-return
LMV4A
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Degree of protection: IP 65
Degree of protection: IP 66
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 39 07/06/2017 15:51
40
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 86)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Without engraving
Red
L21AH10
Green
L21AH20
Yellow
L21AH40
White
L21AH50
Blue
L21AH60
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L21AH31
Green
L21AH32
Yellow
L21AH34
White
L21AH35
Blue
L21AH36
Without button plate
L21AH00
Button plates (p. 78)
L21AH20
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SPRING RETURN - SUPER FLUSH
Metallic chrome bezel
Drilling ø 30,5 mm
Without engraving
Red
L23AH10
Green
L23AH20
Yellow
L23AH40
White
L23AH50
Blue
L23AH60
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L23AH31
Green
L23AH32
Yellow
L23AH34
White
L23AH35
Blue
L23AH36
L23AH10
Cat. No.
L21AH00
Supplied with transparent shroud
Red
L22AP10
Green
L22AP20
Yellow
L22AP40
White
L22AP50
Blue
L22AP60
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
L22AP40
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
11
Ø 29,9
29,6
Ø38
2,8
32,4
16,9
Ø31,5
Separate u
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH
L61QH21
SPRING RETURN - MUS
L21AL10
SPRING RETURN - PROJE
L21AK20
Degree of protection: IP 66
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 40 07/06/2017 15:51
41
Characteristics (p. 98)
L21AH10
L21AH20
L21AH40
L21AH50
L21AH60
ber
L21AH31
L21AH32
L21AH34
L21AH35
L21AH36
L21AH00
L23AH10
L23AH20
L23AH40
L23AH50
L23AH60
ber
L23AH31
L23AH32
L23AH34
L23AH35
L23AH36
Cat. No.
L22AP10
L22AP20
L22AP40
L22AP50
L22AP60
Separate units ø 22: Heads
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel
Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH
Central part illuminated
Green
Red
L61QH21
Green
Green
L61QH22V
Green engraving START
Red engraving STOP
L61QH21A
L61QH21
Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 32
Red
L21AL10
Green
L21AL20
Yellow
L21AL40
White
L21AL50
L21AL10
Push
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
Red
L21AK10
Green
L21AK20
Yellow
L21AK40
White
L21AK50
Blue
L21AK60
L21AK20
Cat. No.
12,25 11,05
29,9
53,9
22
Ø32
16,25
Ø 29,9
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 41 07/06/2017 15:51
42
IP 66
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
Central part illuminated
Green
Red
L61QK21
White
Black
L61QK53
Green engraving START
Red engraving STOP
L61QK21A
Cat. No.
Double touch - degree of protection: IP 66
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Supplied with transparent shroud
Central part illuminated
Green
Red
L62QN21
Double touch - reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
L61QK21
L62QN21
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-PROJECTING
17 11
29,9
53,9
19 11
31,4
55,4
STAY-PUT - SUPER FLUSH
L23CH10
STAY-PUT - PROJECTI
L21CK20
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
STAY-PUT - FLUSH
L21CH20
Separate u
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 42 07/06/2017 15:51
43
Characteristics (p. 98)
L61QK21
L61QK53
L61QK21A
Cat. No.
L62QN21
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
STAY-PUT - SUPER FLUSH
Metallic chrome bezel
Drilling ø 30,5 mm
Red
L23CH10
Green
L23CH20
Yellow
L23CH40
White
L23CH50
Blue
L23CH60
Degree of protection: IP 66
L23CH10
STAY-PUT - PROJECTING
Red
L21CK10
Green
L21CK20
Yellow
L21CK40
White
L21CK50
Blue
L21CK60
L21CK20
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
STAY-PUT - FLUSH
Red
L21CH10
Green
L21CH20
Yellow
L21CH40
White
L21CH50
Blue
L21CH60
L21CH20
Cat. No.
Separate units ø 22: Heads
29,6
Ø38
2,8
32,4
16,25
Ø 29,9
11
Ø 29,9
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 43 07/06/2017 15:51
44
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Black bezel
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p.98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22EM10
Green
L22EM20
Yellow
L22EM40
L22EM10
Push-turn to reset
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22DM10
Green
L22DM20
Yellow
L22DM40
White
L22DM50
L22DM10
Push-pull to reset
MUSHROOM HEADS - ILLUMINATED
>
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22EL10
L22EL10
Cat. No.
Push-turn to reset
Ø 32 - STAY-PUT
Red
L22DL10
L22DL10
Push-pull to reset
Ø 39,2
25,7
Ø40
34,2
Ø32
25,7
Ø32
34,2
Separate u
WITH HANDLE
L21KJ30
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
ISO 13850 EM
>
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY
L22DN10
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 44 07/06/2017 15:51
45
Characteristics (p.98)
L22EM10
L22EM20
L22EM40
L22DM10
L22DM20
L22DM40
L22DM50
L22EL10
Cat. No.
L22DL10
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units ø 22: Heads
WITH HANDLE
L21KJ30
Cat. No.
2 positions
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED
>
ISO 13850 EMERGENCY STOP - ILLUMINATED
>
Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Black bezel
Head position visible from the side with yellow collar
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red
L22DN10
L22DN10
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
23
Ø 29,9
01
01
01
0
1
0
1
01
Ø40
39,7
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KG10
Green
L21KG20
Black
L21KG30
Spring return- 45°
Red
L21KH10
Green
L21KH20
Black
L21KH30
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21KJ10
Green
L21KJ20
Black
L21KJ30
Spring return- 45°
Red
L21KK10
Green
L21KK20
Black
L21KK30
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KL10
Green
L21KL20
Black
L21KL30
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21KM10
Green
L21KM20
Black
L21KM30
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 45 07/06/2017 15:51
46
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED
>
Separate units ø 22: Heads
WITH HANDLE
L21ME10
Cat. No.
3 positions
23
Ø 29,9
0
12
0
1
2
0
2
1
1
2
0
0
2
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
L21ME10
Green
L21ME20
Black
L21ME30
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Red
L21MF10
Green
L21MF20
Black
L21MF30
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
L21MG10
Green
L21MG20
Black
L21MG30
Spring return to 0
- 45°
Red
L21MH10
Green
L21MH20
Black
L21MH30
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
L21MJ10
Green
L21MJ20
Black
L21MJ30
Separate u
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21KV30
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 46 07/06/2017 15:51
47
Characteristics (p. 98)
Cat. No.
L21ME10
L21ME20
L21ME30
L21MF10
L21MF20
L21MF30
L21MG10
L21MG20
L21MG30
L21MH10
L21MH20
L21MH30
L21MJ10
L21MJ20
L21MJ30
Separate units ø 22: Heads
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
WITH LONG HANDLE
L21KV30
Cat. No
2 positions
23
24
Ø 29,9
01
01
0
1
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
L21KV30
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
L21KX30
Spring return - 45°
Black
L21KY30
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 47 07/06/2017 15:51
48
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Pilot lights
L23SE10
PILOT LIGHTS
>
L20SE20
Separate units ø 22: Heads
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block and contact blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Black bezel on request (form p. 83)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
WITH LONG HANDLE 3 positions
L21ML30
23
24
Ø 29,9
0
12
0
1
2
0
2
1
1
2
0
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black
L21ML30
Spring return from left to 0- 45°
Black
L21MM30
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Black
L21MN30
Spring return to 0
- 45°
Black
L21MP30
FLUSH
SUPER FLUSH
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 48 07/06/2017 15:51
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
49
IP 66 - IP 69K
To be combined with a clip, LED block (p. 55)
With locking ring
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Pilot lights ø 22
Metallic chrome bezel
Drilling Ø 30,5 mm
To be combined with a clip and LED block (p. 55)
Without engraving
Ribbed lens
Red
L23SE10
Green
L23SE20
Yellow
L23SE40
White
L23SE50
Blue
L23SE60
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L23SE31
Green
L23SE32
Yellow
L23SE34
White
L23SE35
Blue
L23SE36
L23SE10
Cat. No
PILOT LIGHTS - SEPARATE UNITS
>
To be combined with a clip and LED block (p. 55)
Without engraving
Red
L20SE10
Green
L20SE20
Yellow
L20SE40
White
L20SE50
Blue
L20SE60
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L20SE31
Green
L20SE32
Yellow
L20SE34
White
L20SE35
Blue
L20SE36
L20SE20
11,25
Ø 29,9
Cat. No
Characteristics (p. 98)Characteristics (p. 98)
L21ML30
L21MM30
L21MN30
L21MP30
FLUSH
SUPER FLUSH Degree of protection: IP 66
29,6
Ø38
2,8
32,4
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 49 07/06/2017 15:51
50
IP 66 - IP 69K
Direct supply
ONE-PIECE PILOT LIGHTS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Cat. No.
Pilot lights ø 22
24V
Without engraving
Red
L20SC10L
Green
L20SC20L
Yellow
L20SC40L
White
L20S
C50L
Blue
L20SC60L
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L20SC31L
Green
L20SC32L
Yellow
L20SC34L
White
L20SC35L
Blue
L20SC36L
130V
Without engraving
Red
L20SC10M
Green
L20SC20M
Yellow
L20SC40M
White
L20SC50M
Blue
L20SC60M
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L20SC31M
Green
L20SC32M
Yellow
L20SC34M
White
L20SC35M
Blue
L20SC36M
230V
Without engraving
Red
L20SC10H
Green
L20SC20H
Yellow
L20SC40H
White
L20SC50H
Blue
L20SC60H
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
L20SC31H
Green
L20SC32H
Yellow
L20SC34H
White
L20SC35H
Blue
L20SC36H
L20SC20L
Ø 29.9
Ø22
Ø 29.5
11.337.2
ÿ5BLOCKS
Block holder
you require
1, 3 or 5-position
ÿCLIP
“A flexible configura
ÿ3BLOCKS
ÿMODULAR
Stacking without ac
- Snap fit, tools not
- Cost effective solution:
- Blocks can be stack
- Blocks can be assembled
- Optimised dimensions:
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 50 07/06/2017 15:51
51
Characteristics (p. 98)
Cat. No.
L20SC10L
L20SC20L
L20SC40L
L20S
C50L
L20SC60L
r
L20SC31L
L20SC32L
L20SC34L
L20SC35L
L20SC36L
L20SC10M
L20SC20M
L20SC40M
L20SC50M
L20SC60M
r
L20SC31M
L20SC32M
L20SC34M
L20SC35M
L20SC36M
L20SC10H
L20SC20H
L20SC40H
L20SC50H
L20SC60H
r
L20SC31H
L20SC32H
L20SC34H
L20SC35H
L20SC36H
ÿ5BLOCKS
Block holder clips for assembly as
you require
1, 3 or 5-position clips
ÿCLIP
“A flexible configuration for assembly in any order…”
ÿ3BLOCKS
ÿBLOCK
“Imaginatively designed to be safe, robust and durable”
ÿMATERIAL
- IP20 as “finger safe”
- Electrical insulation
- Corrosion-resistant
ÿENVIRONMENT
- Respect for the environment,
RoHS compliant
ÿMODULAR
Stacking without accessories
- Snap fit, tools not required to attach contact blocks
- Cost effective solution: 1 position clip
- Blocks can be stacked on 2 levels, up to 3 blocks wide
- Blocks can be assembled in any order (except pilot light)
- Optimised dimensions: reduced depth of blocks
- LED blocks: combine long life and economy
- Corrosion resistant to some chemicals and sea air, etc
- Conform to standard IEC 60947-5-1
- Conform to RoHS European directive
concerning restriction of hazardous substances
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 51 07/06/2017 15:51
52
CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
SCREW TERMINALS
331E10
Cat. No.
1 position clip
SCREW TERMINALS
333E21
3 position clip
NO/NC
2NO/NC
20,1 19,6 29
43
20,1 19,6
26
43
30
2221
2221
1413
1211 2221
1413 2423
1211 3231 2221
1413
2221
1413 3433 2221
1413
3231 2221
1413
1413 3433
12 11
14 13
12 11
14 13
22 21
24 23
20,1
42 30
64,45
2423
20,1
42 30
64,45
NO
331E10
NC
331E01
NO
333E10
NC
333E01
2NO
333E20
2NC
333E02
NO + NC
333E11
3NO
333E30
3NC
333E03
2NO+NC
333E21
NO + 2 NC
333E12
NO/NC
334E11
2 NO/NC
334E22
BACO_0035-0052_EN.indd 52 07/06/2017 15:51
53
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
333ER11
3 position clip
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
331ER01
Cat. No.
1 position clip
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
21 21
26
43
30
21 21 29
43
1413
2221
1413
2221
1413 2423
1211 2221
1413
2221
1413 3433
1211 3231 2221
2423
NO
333ER10
NC
333ER01
2NO
333ER20
2NC
333ER02
NO+NC
333ER11
3NO
333ER30
3NC
333ER03
NO
331ER10
NC
331ER01
54
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units:
ELECTRICAL B
>
SCREW TERMINALS
331EAGL
SCREW TERMINALS
333EAWM10
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
FASTON TERMINALS
331ED10
Cat. No.
1 position clip
333ED11
3 position clip
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
FASTON TERMINALS
CONTACT BLOCKS - FOR NON ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
43
62,5 29
1413
2221
30,3
30
62,5
26 1413
2221
NO
331ED10
NC
331ED01
NO + NC
333ED11
55
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS
>
SCREW TERMINALS
331EAGL
Cat. No.
1 position clip: LED block
SCREW TERMINALS
333EAWM10
3 position clip: NO + LED block
Cat. No.
20,1 19,6 29
43
X1 X2
20,1 19,6
26
43
30
1413 X1 X2
LED
24 V
White
331EAWL
Red
331EARL
Green
331EAGL
Blue
331EABL
Yellow
331EAYL
130 V
White
331EAWM
Red
331EARM
Green
331EAGM
Blue
331EABM
Yellow
331EAYM
230 V
White
331EAWH
Red
331EARH
Green
331EAGH
Blue
331EABH
Yellow
331EAYH
LED
24 V
White
333EAWL10
Red
333EARL10
Green
333EAGL10
Blue
333EABL10
Yellow
333EAYL10
130 V
White
333EAWM10
Red
333EARM10
Green
333EAGM10
Blue
333EABM10
Yellow
333EAYM10
230 V
White
333EAWH10
Red
333EARH10
Green
333EAGH10
Blue
333EABH10
Yellow
333EAYH10
331ED10
331ED01
333ED11
56
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
SCREW TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EAWL01
Red
333EARL01
Green
333EAGL01
Blue
333EABL01
Yellow
333EAYL01
130 V
White
333EAWM01
Red
333EARM01
Green
333EAGM01
Blue
333EABM01
Yellow
333EAYM01
230 V
White
333EAWH01
Red
333EARH01
Green
333EAGH01
Blue
333EABH01
Yellow
333EAYH01
333EAWL01
Cat. No.
3 position clip: LED block + NC
ELECTRICAL B
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units:
SCREW TERMINALS
333EARL11
334EARL22
SCREW TERMINALS
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SCREW TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EAWL20
Red
333EARL20
Green
333EAGL20
Blue
333EABL20
Yellow
333EAYL20
130 V
White
333EAWM20
Red
333EARM20
Green
333EAGM20
Blue
333EABM20
Yellow
333EAYM20
230 V
White
333EAWH20
Red
333EARH20
Green
333EAGH20
Blue
333EABH20
Yellow
333EAYH20
333EARL20
3 position clip: NO + LED block + NO
20,1 19,6
26
43
30
20,1
42
30
X1 X2
2221
20,1 19,6
26
43
30
1413 X1 X2 2423
57
333EAWL01
333EARL01
333EAGL01
333EABL01
333EAYL01
333EAWM01
333EARM01
333EAGM01
333EABM01
333EAYM01
333EAWH01
333EARH01
333EAGH01
333EABH01
333EAYH01
Cat. No.
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
SCREW TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EAWL11
Red
333EARL11
Green
333EAGL11
Blue
333EABL11
Yellow
333EAYL11
130 V
White
333EAWM11
Red
333EARM11
Green
333EAGM11
Blue
333EABM11
Yellow
333EAYM11
230 V
White
333EAWH11
Red
333EARH11
Green
333EAGH11
Blue
333EABH11
Yellow
333EAYH11
Cat. No.
3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC
333EARL11
LED
24 V
White
334EAWL22
Red
334EARL22
Green
334EAGL22
Blue
334EABL22
Yellow
334EAYL22
130 V
White
334EAWM22
Red
334EARM22
Green
334EAGM22
Blue
334EABM22
Yellow
334EAYM22
230 V
White
334EAWH22
Red
334EARH22
Green
334EAGH22
Blue
334EABH22
Yellow
334EAYH22
334EARL22
SCREW TERMINALS 3 position clip: NO/NC + LED block + NO/NC
333EAWL20
333EARL20
333EAGL20
333EABL20
333EAYL20
333EAWM20
333EARM20
333EAGM20
333EABM20
333EAYM20
333EAWH20
333EARH20
333EAGH20
333EABH20
333EAYH20
20,1 19,6
26
43
30
1413 X1 X2
2221
20,1
42 30
64,45
12 11
14 13
22 21
24 23
X1 X2
58
ELECTRICAL B
>
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
333ERAGH11
Separate units:
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
333ERAGH01
Characteristics (p. 98)
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
331ERAWL
Red
331ERARL
Green
331ERAGL
Blue
331ERABL
Yellow
331ERAYL
130 V
White
331ERAWM
Red
331ERARM
Green
331ERAGM
Blue
331ERABM
Yellow
331ERAYM
230 V
White
331ERAWH
Red
331ERARH
Green
331ERAGH
Blue
331ERABH
Yellow
331ERAYH
1 position clip: LED block
331ERAGH
Cat. No.
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333ERAWL10
Red
333ERARL10
Green
333ERAGL10
Blue
333ERABL10
Yellow
333ERAYL10
130 V
White
333ERAWM10
Red
333ERARM10
Green
333ERAGM10
Blue
333ERABM10
Yellow
333ERAYM10
230 V
White
333ERAWH10
Red
333ERARH10
Green
333ERAGH10
Blue
333ERABH10
Yellow
333ERAYH10
3 position clip: NO + LED block
333ERAGL10
21 21 29
43
X1 X2
1413 X1 X2
59
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333ERAWL11
Red
333ERARL11
Green
333ERAGL11
Blue
333ERABL11
Yellow
333ERAYL11
130 V
White
333ERAWM11
Red
333ERARM11
Green
333ERAGM11
Blue
333ERABM11
Yellow
333ERAYM11
230 V
White
333ERAWH11
Red
333ERARH11
Green
333ERAGH11
Blue
333ERABH11
Yellow
333ERAYH11
3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC
333ERAGH11
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333ERAWL01
Red
333ERARL01
Green
333ERAGL01
Blue
333ERABL01
Yellow
333ERAYL01
130 V
White
333ERAWM01
Red
333ERARM01
Green
333ERAGM01
Blue
333ERABM01
Yellow
333ERAYM01
230 V
White
333ERAWH01
Red
333ERARH01
Green
333ERAGH01
Blue
333ERABH01
Yellow
333ERAYH01
Cat. No.
3 position clip: LED block + NC
333ERAGH01
Characteristics (p. 98)
331ERAWL
331ERARL
331ERAGL
331ERABL
331ERAYL
331ERAWM
331ERARM
331ERAGM
331ERABM
331ERAYM
331ERAWH
331ERARH
331ERAGH
331ERABH
331ERAYH
Cat. No.
333ERAWL10
333ERARL10
333ERAGL10
333ERABL10
333ERAYL10
333ERAWM10
333ERARM10
333ERAGM10
333ERABM10
333ERAYM10
333ERAWH10
333ERARH10
333ERAGH10
333ERABH10
333ERAYH10
21 21
26
43
30
X1 X2
2221
1413 X1 X2
2221
60
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
ELECTRICAL B
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units:
FASTON TERMINALS
333EDARL11
FASTON TERMINALS
333EDARM01
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
FASTON TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
331EDAWL
Red
331EDARL
Green
331EDAGL
Blue
331EDABL
Yellow
331EDAYL
130 V
White
331EDAWM
Red
331EDARM
Green
331EDAGM
Blue
331EDABM
Yellow
331EDAYM
230 V
White
331EDAWH
Red
331EDARH
Green
331EDAGH
Blue
331EDABH
Yellow
331EDAYH
1 position clip: LED block
331EDARL
Cat. No.
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
FASTON TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EDAWL10
Red
333EDARL10
Green
333EDAGL10
Blue
333EDABL10
Yellow
333EDAYL10
130 V
White
333EDAWM10
Red
333EDARM10
Green
333EDAGM10
Blue
333EDABM10
Yellow
333EDAYM10
230 V
White
333EDAWH10
Red
333EDARH10
Green
333EDAGH10
Blue
333EDABH10
Yellow
333EDAYH10
3 position clip: NO + LED block
333EDARL10
43
62,5 29
X1 X2
30,3
30
62,5
26
1413 X1 X2
61
ELECTRICAL BLOCKS - FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units: Blocks sub-assemblies
IP 20
Clip and electrical blocks assembled
To be combined with a head (p. 23)
Mounting (p. 96)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
FASTON TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EDAWL11
Red
333EDARL11
Green
333EDAGL11
Blue
333EDABL11
Yellow
333EDAYL11
130 V
White
333EDAWM11
Red
333EDARM11
Green
333EDAGM11
Blue
333EDABM11
Yellow
333EDAYM11
230 V
White
333EDAWH11
Red
333EDARH11
Green
333EDAGH11
Blue
333EDABH11
Yellow
333EDAYH11
3 position clip: NO + LED block + NC
333EDARL11
FASTON TERMINALS
LED
24 V
White
333EDAWL01
Red
333EDARL01
Green
333EDAGL01
Blue
333EDABL01
Yellow
333EDAYL01
130 V
White
333EDAWM01
Red
333EDARM01
Green
333EDAGM01
Blue
333EDABM01
Yellow
333EDAYM01
230 V
White
333EDAWH01
Red
333EDARH01
Green
333EDAGH01
Blue
333EDABH01
Yellow
333EDAYH01
Cat. No.
3 position clip: LED block + NC
333EDARM01
331EDAWL
331EDARL
331EDAGL
331EDABL
331EDAYL
331EDAWM
331EDARM
331EDAGM
331EDABM
331EDAYM
331EDAWH
331EDARH
331EDAGH
331EDABH
331EDAYH
Cat. No.
333EDAWL10
333EDARL10
333EDAGL10
333EDABL10
333EDAYL10
333EDAWM10
333EDARM10
333EDAGM10
333EDABM10
333EDAYM10
333EDAWH10
333EDARH10
333EDAGH10
333EDABH10
333EDAYH10
30,3
30
62,5
26
30,3
30
62,5
26 X1 X2
2221
1413 X1 X2
2221
62
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
CONTACT BLOCKS
>>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
CONTACT BLO
FOR PCB (PIN-STYLE TERMINALS)
33P10
Separate units:
FOR CONTROL STATIONS
33S01
SCREW TERMINALS
NO
33E10
NC
33E01
NO/NC
33E11
Golden contacts
for low current
NO
33E10Y7
NC
33E01Y7
Contact with delayed opening
NC
33E01C
33E10
Cat. No.
Separate units: Blocks
FASTON TERMINALS
NO
33D10
NC
33D01
33D01
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
NO
33R10
NC
33R01
33R01
33E11
3,8
5,721,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
5,721,5
20,3
60,5
9,9
9,9
3,8
5,721,5
2121
43
21
65
43
21
43
21
43
21
3,8
5,743
20,3
219,9 21
21
43
63
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
CONTACT BLOCKS (
continued
)
FOR PCB (PIN-STYLE TERMINALS)
NO
33P10
NC
33P01
Golden contacts
for low current
NO
33P10Y7
NC
33P01Y7
33P10
Separate units: Blocks
FOR CONTROL STATIONS (SCREW TERMINALS)
For un-equipped control stations (p. 90)
Base mounted
NO
33S10
NC
33S01
33S01
33E10
33E01
33E11
33E10Y7
33E01Y7
33E01C
Cat. No.
33D10
33D01
33R10
33R01
27,2
32,2
9,9 39,75
28,2
9,9 42,2
39,3
43
21
43
21
43
21
64
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
LED BLOCKS
>
SCREW TERMINALS
LED
24VAC+DC
White
33EAWL
Red
33EARL
Green
33EAGL
Blue
33EABL
Yellow
33EAYL
48VAC+DC
White
33EAWL4
Red
33EARL4
Green
33EAGL4
Blue
33EABL4
Yellow
33EAYL4
130 V AC
White
33EAWM
Red
33EARM
Green
33EAGM
Blue
33EABM
Yellow
33EAYM
230 V AC
White
33EAWH
Red
33EARH
Green
33EAGH
Blue
33EABH
Yellow
33EAYH
110 V DC
White
33EAWDM
33EARL
Cat. No.
LED BLOCKS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units:
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
33RAGH
FASTON TERMINALS
33DARL
Separate units: Blocks
3,8
18,221,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
X1 X2
65
33EAWL
33EARL
33EAGL
33EABL
33EAYL
33EAWL4
33EARL4
33EAGL4
33EABL4
33EAYL4
33EAWM
33EARM
33EAGM
33EABM
33EAYM
33EAWH
33EARH
33EAGH
33EABH
33EAYH
33EAWDM
Cat. No.
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
LED BLOCKS (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units: Blocks
PLUG-IN TERMINALS
LED
24VAC+DC
White
33RAWL
Red
33RARL
Green
33RAGL
Blue
33RABL
Yellow
33RAYL
130 V AC
White
33RAWM
Red
33RARM
Green
33RAGM
Blue
33RABM
Yellow
33RAYM
230 V AC
White
33RAWH
Red
33RARH
Green
33RAGH
Blue
33RABH
Yellow
33RAYH
33RAGH
Cat. No.
FASTON TERMINALS
LED
24VAC+DC
White
33DAWL
Red
33DARL
Green
33DAGL
Blue
33DABL
Yellow
33DAYL
130 V AC
White
33DAWM
Red
33DARM
Green
33DAGM
Blue
33DABM
Yellow
33DAYM
230 V AC
White
33DAWH
Red
33DARH
Green
33DAGH
Blue
33DABH
Yellow
33DAYH
33DARL
18,2
9,9
3,8
21,5
2121
18,521,5
20,3
30,3
9,9 30,3
X1 X2
X1 X2
66
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
LED BLOCKS (
continued
)
>
SPECIFIC BLO
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
FOR JOYSTICKS (SCRE
LM11
LAMP-TEST BLOCKS (
33ET
TRANSFORMER BLOCK
33EHC
Separate units: Blocks
FOR PCB (PIN STYLE)
LED
24VAC+DC
White
33PAWL
Red
33PARL
Green
33PAGL
Blue
33PABL
Yellow
33PAYL
33PAWL
Cat. No.
FOR CONTROL STATIONS (SCREW TERMINALS)
For un-equipped control stations (p. 90)
Base mounted
LED
24VAC+DC
White
33SAWL
Red
33SARL
Green
33SAGL
Blue
33SABL
Yellow
33SAYL
130 V AC
White
33SAWM
Red
33SARM
Green
33SAGM
Blue
33SABM
Yellow
33SAYM
230 V AC
White
33SAWH
Red
33SARH
Green
33SAGH
Blue
33SABH
Yellow
33SAYH
33SAGH
29,8
40
41,45
X1 X2
18,55 21,5
20,3
39,75
9,9
23,5
Ø1
X1 X2
22,5
41,1
41,6
9,9 42,2
39,3
Separate units:
67
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
SPECIFIC BLOCKS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
FOR JOYSTICKS (SCREW TERMINALS)
Joysticks (p. 39)
NO -NC
LM11
LM11
Cat. No.
LAMP-TEST BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS)
For 24 and 48 V
1 diod
33ET
2 diods
33ETT
For 130 and 230 V (form p. 83)
33ET
TRANSFORMER BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS)
230/24 V
33EHC
400/24V
33ELC
33EHC
33PAWL
33PARL
33PAGL
33PABL
33PAYL
Cat. No.
33SAWL
33SARL
33SAGL
33SABL
33SAYL
33SAWM
33SARM
33SAGM
33SABM
33SAYM
33SAWH
33SARH
33SAGH
33SABH
33SAYH
7,3
41,2
9,9
39,4
3,8
21,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
29,8 40
41,45
YX1
X1 Y
X
L1 L2
X1 X2
21
43
Separate units: Blocks
68
Characteristics (p. 98)
Separate units: Blocks
IP 20
To be combined with a 1, 3 or 5 position clip (p. 69)
>
FILTER BLOCKS (SCREW TERMINALS)
Prevents from voltage peaks for LED block
To be wired in parallel of with the LED block
130 V
33EFM
230 V
33EFH
33EFH
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
SPECIFIC BLOCKS
FILTER BLOCKS (PLUG-IN TERMINALS)
Prevents from voltage peaks for LED block
To be wired in parallel of the LED block
130 V
33RFM
230 V
33RFH
33RFH
JUNCTION BLOCK (SCREW TERMINALS)
2 interconnected
terminals
33EY
33EY
EMPTY BLOCK
For empty positions on 3 or 5 position clip
33EX
33EX
3,8
21,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
X1 X2
9,9
3,8
21,5
2121
3,8
21,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
3,8
21,5
20,1
19,79,9 19,7
X1 X2
X1 X2
69
CLIPS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories
FOR MUSHROOM HEAD
According to ISO 13850, Text + Symbol
ø60
ARRET D’URGENCE +
LWE16100
NOT-HALT +
LWE16232
EMERGENCY STOP +
LWE16300
ø80
ARRET D’URGENCE +
LWE00100
NOT-HALT +
LWE00232
EMERGENCY STOP +
LWE00300
ø 60 Without symbol, text only
ARRET D’URGENCE
LWE16152
NOT AUS
LWE16200
EMERGENCY STOP
LWE16352
ø 80 Without symbol, text only
ARRET D’URGENCE
LWE00152
NOT AUS
LWE00200
EMERGENCY STOP
LWE00352
LWE16352
Cat. No.
333E
335E
ROUND LEGEND PLATE
>
Cat. No.
331E
To be combined with blocks (p. 62 to 68)
1 position
331E
3 positions
333E
5 positions (only for ø 22 heads)
335E
CLIPS
Characteristics (p. 98)
24,52 23,6
35
30 8,8
37
43,7
50
11,6
37
43,7
70
COMPLETE FRAMES
>
LEGEND PLATES
>
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories
TO BE ENGRAVED
LIB9
LIB3
LIA1
TO BE ENGRAVED
LIA5
Accessories ø 22
Round shape
Black frame and legend plate unassembled
2 lines maximum, 13 characters per line
Without engraving
White
LWP35
Red
LWP31
Alu
LWP39
Black
LWP33
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
White
LWP35
Red
LWP31
Alu
LWP39
Black
LWP33
Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...)
Transparent
LWP37
Standard model - 30 x 45 mm
LWP31
Round shape
Black frame and legend plate unassembled
2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line
Without engraving
White
LWG35
Red
LWG31
Alu
LWG39
Black
LWG33
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
White
LWG35
Red
LWG31
Alu
LWG39
Black
LWG33
Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...)
Transparent
LWG37
LWG33
Large model - 40 x 45 mm
30
R15 4
11,4
30
45
24,6
Ø 27,7
40
R15 4
11,4
30
45
34,6
Ø27,7
71
LEGEND PLATES
>
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories ø 22
TO BE ENGRAVED
2 lines maximum
18 characters per line
For round frame cat. no. LWG3 (p. 73)
Without engraving
White
LIB5
Red
LIB1
Alu
LIB9
Black
LIB3
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
White - black engraving
LIB5
Red - white engraving
LIB1
Alu - black engraving
LIB9
Black - white engraving
LIB3
Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...)
Transparent
LIB7
LIB9
Large model
LIB3
LIA1
TO BE ENGRAVED
2 lines maximum
13 characters per line
For round and square frames cat. nos. LWP3, LWP4 et LWP2 (p. 73)
Without engraving
White
LIA5
Red
LIA1
Alu
LIA9
Black
LIA3
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
White - black engraving
LIA5
Red - white engraving
LIA1
Alu - black engraving
LIA9
Black - white engraving
LIA3
Protective mask for legend plate (paper or other ...)
Transparent
LIA7
LIA5
Cat. No.
Standard model
LWP35
LWP31
LWP39
LWP33
r
LWP35
LWP31
LWP39
LWP33
LWP37
LWG35
LWG31
LWG39
LWG33
r
LWG35
LWG31
LWG39
LWG33
LWG37
24,6
11,41,4
34,6
11,41,4
72
LEGEND PLATES
>
FRAMES
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories
ROUND
LWG3
SQUARE
LWP4
FOR DOUBLE AND TRI
LWP2
ROUND
LWP3
ENGRAVED
Alu legend plate, black engraving
For round and square frames cat. nos. LWP3, LWP4 et LWP2 (p. 73)
With standard engraving
O-I
LIA9081
I-II
LIA9082
I-O-II
LIA9091
MANU-O-AUTO
LIA9191
HAND-O-AUTO
LIA9291
START
LIA9301
ON
LIA9303
OFF
LIA9304
RESET
LIA9315
RUN
LIA9327
HAND-AUTO
LIA9383
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
LIA9
Cat. No.
Small model
LIA9081
Accessories ø 22
ENGRAVED
Alu legend plate, black engraving
For round frame cat. no. LWG3 (p. 73)
OFF-ON
LIB9382
O-I-START
LIB9093
LIB9382
Large model
24,6
11,41,4
34,6
11,41,4
73
FRAMES
>
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories ø 22
ROUND
For legend plates cat. nos. LIB5, LIB1, LIB 9, LIB 3 (p. 71)
Black
LWG3
Large model
LWG3
SQUARE
For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71)
Black
LWP4
LWP4
Standard model
FOR DOUBLE AND TRIPLE TOUCH
For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71)
Black
LWP2
LWP2
Standard model
ROUND
For legend plates cat. nos. LIA5, LIA1, LIA 9, LIA 3 (p. 71)
Black
LWP3
LWP3
Cat. No.
Standard model
(p. 73)
LIA9081
LIA9082
LIA9091
LIA9191
LIA9291
LIA9301
LIA9303
LIA9304
LIA9315
LIA9327
LIA9383
r
LIA9
Cat. No.
LIB9382
LIB9093
40
R15 4
11,4
30
45
34,6
Ø27,7
30
4
11,4
30
46
24,6
Ø 27,7
30
R15 4
11,4
42
69
24,6
Ø 27,7
30
R15 4
11,4
30
45
24,6
Ø27,7
74
Engravings
STANDARD TEXTS
>
UNIVERSAL TEXT
For selector switches and legend plates
0-I 081
I-II 082
I-0-II 091
I-II-III 092
0-I-START 093
0-I-II 094
Cat. No.
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
ENGLISH TEXT
For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates
CLOSE
314
DOWN
336
FAST
310
FORWARD
305
INCH
329
JOG
328
LEFT
311
LOWER
308
OFF
304
ON
303
OPEN
313
POWER-ON
330
RAISE
307
RESET
315
REVERSE
306
RIGHT
312
RUN
327
SLOW
309
START
301
STOP
302
UP 335
For selector switches and legend plates
FORW.-OFF-REV.
392
HAND-AUTO
383
HAND-OFF-AUTO
391
LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE
393
OFF-ON 382
STOP-START 381
Engravings
STANDARD T
>
GERMAN TEXT
FRENCH TEXT
75
081
082
091
092
093
094
Cat. No.
314
336
310
305
329
328
311
308
304
303
313
330
307
315
306
312
327
309
301
302
335
392
383
391
393
382
381
Engravings
STANDARD TEXTS (
continued
)
>
GERMAN TEXT
For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates
AB
208
AUF
207
AUS
204
BETRIEB
224
BREMSEN
225
EIN
203
EINRICHTEN
223
FEINHEBEN
221
FEINSENKEN
222
HALT
202
HEBEN
219
LANGSAM
209
LINKS
211
RECHTS
212
RÜCKWÄRTS
206
SENKEN
220
SCHNELL
210
VORWÄRTS
205
VORRÜCKEN
226
ZU
214
For selector switches and legend plates
AUS-EIN
281
HAND-AUTO
283
HAND-
0
-AUTO
291
ZURÜCK-
0
-VOR
292
Cat. No.
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
FRENCH TEXT
For buttons, pilot lights and legend plates
ALARME
133
ARRÊT
102
ARRÊT GÉNÉRAL
116
ARRIÈRE
106
AVANT
105
DÉCLENCHEMENT
131
DÉFAUT 132
DESCENTE 108
DROITE
112
EN SERVICE
103
FERMETURE
114
GAUCHE
111
HORS SERVICE
104
KLAXON
118
LENT
109
MARCHE
101
MONTÉE
107
OUVERTURE
113
RÉARMEMENT
115
SOUS TENSION
117
VITE
110
For selector switches and legend plates
ARRÊT-MARCHE
181
AVANT -
0
- ARRIÈRE
192
C.P.C.-NORMAL
184
HORS-EN
182
MANU-AUTO
183
MANU -
0
- AUTO
191
76
Symbols
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
STANDARD SYMBOLS ISO/DIN
>
Continuous straight-line movement
A01
ISO 1
Alternating straight-line movement
A05
ISO 5
Continuous rotating movement clockwise
A07
ISO
7A
- DIN
100
Continuous rotating mov. anti-clockwise
B07
ISO 7B
Forward
A16
IS
O16
Increase in value
A28
ISO 28
Decrease in value
A29
ISO 29
Adjustable
A62
ISO 62
Clamp, block apply pressure
A63
ISO 63A
Clamp, block apply pressure
B63
ISO 63B
Unclamp, release
A64
ISO 64A
Unclamp, release
B64
ISO 64B
Brake
A65
ISO 65
Release brake
A66
ISO 66
Automatic cycle (or semi-automatic)
A67
ISO 67
Manual control
A68
ISO 68
“ON” close circuit
A69
ISO 69
“STOP” close circuit
A70
ISO 70
ON/OFF close + open circuit
A71
ISO 71
Close circuit manual impulse
A72
ISO 72
Clutch
A74
ISO 74 - DIN 46
Cat. No.
Description Symbol
Symbols
STANDARD SYMBOLS
>
ADDITIONAL
>
77
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
A01
A05
A07
B07
A16
A28
A29
A62
A63
B63
A64
B64
A65
A66
A67
A68
A69
A70
A71
A72
A74
Cat. No.
Symbols
STANDARD SYMBOLS ISO/DIN (
continued
)
>
De-clutch
A75
ISO 75 - DIN 45
Warning “live” (energized)
A92
ISO 92 - DIN 131
Main switch
A94
ISO 94
Lubrification jet
C01
ISO 101
Machine lighting
C02
ISO 102 - DIN 139
Greasing
C07
ISO 107 - DIN 175
Blow
C08
ISO 108 - DIN 263
Suction
C09
ISO 109 - DIN 264
Sound alarm
D01
DIN 155
Emergency stop
6964
IEC 60417-5638 / ISO 13850
Cat. No.
Description Symbol
ADDITIONAL STANDARD SYMBOLS
>
B01
E01
F01
B62
E62
F62
003
004
005
Cat. No.
Symbol
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
78
NON ILLUMINATED
For use with spring return button cat. no. L21AA00 (p. 23)
Without engraving
Red
LT01
Green
LT02
Black
LT03
Yellow
LT04
White
LT05
Blue
LT06
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
LT21
Green
LT22
Black
LT23
Yellow
LT24
White
LT25
Blue
LT26
Cat. No.
LT05
BUTTON PLATES - FOR HEADS WITHOUT BUTTON PLATE
>
SHROUDS - REINFORCED
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories
FOR PUSH-BUTTONS
LWA0203
DOUBLE TOUCH
LWA0223
Accessories ø 22
ILLUMINATED
For use with spring return button cat. no. L21AH00 (p. 40)
Without engraving
Red
LT10
Green
LT20
Yellow
LT40
White
LT50
Blue
LT60
On demand engraving (p. 74)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Red
LT31
Green
LT32
Yellow
LT34
White
LT35
Blue
LT36
LT20
FOR PUSH-BUTTONS
LWA0253
LT21302
LT34308
79
LT01
LT02
LT03
LT04
LT05
LT06
r
LT21
LT22
LT23
LT24
LT25
LT26
Cat. No.
SHROUDS - REINFORCED DEGREE OF PROTECTION: IP 67
>
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories ø 22
FOR PUSH-BUTTONS PROJECTING
For spring return or stay-put buttons
Transparent
LWA0228
For non illuminated spring return buttons
Red opaque
LWA0203
Green opaque
LWA0204
Black opaque
LWA0205
LWA0203
Cat. No.
DOUBLE TOUCH
For double touch flush-projecting and triple touch
Transparent
LWA0223
LWA0223
LT10
LT20
LT40
LT50
LT60
r
LT31
LT32
LT34
LT35
LT36
FOR PUSH-BUTTONS FLUSH
For spring return or stay-put buttons
Transparent
LWA0255
For non illuminated spring return buttons
Red opaque
LWA0251
Green opaque
LWA0252
Black opaque
LWA0253
LWA0253
80
MISCELLANEOUS
>
MISCELLANEOUS
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories
ANTI-ROTATION RING
LWA0237
BLANKING PLUG
LWA0229
Accessories ø 22
GUARD
For spring return button and spring return mushroom head
(maxi ø 40)
Grey
LWA0225
Cat. No.
LWA0225
PADLOCKABLE GUARD
For stay-put mushroom head
Yellow
High (Height: 40 mm)
LWA0240
LWA0240
SQUARE FRAME
LWA0230
RELAY TERMINAL (EARTH
LWA0216
YELLOW GUARD RING
For emergency stop button
Yellow
LWA0242
LWA0242
46.7
75
Ø 37.5
Ø 31.5
63
81
MISCELLANEOUS (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Accessories ø 22
ANTI-ROTATION RING
For selector switches
LWA0237
LWA0237
BLANKING PLUG
Black
LWA0229
Grey
LWA0215
LWA0229
LWA0225
Cat. No.
LWA0240
SQUARE FRAME
For turning a round shape button or a pilot light into
a square shape
Black
LWA0230
LWA0230
RELAY TERMINAL (EARTH OR NEUTRAL)
For control station
Base mounted
LWA0216
LWA0216
LWA0242
Cat. No.
82
010
10
MISCELLANEOUS (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 98)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
FIXING TOOL
Fixing tool for locking ring
LWA0234
Cat. No.
LWA0234
Accessories ø 22
REDUCTION RING Ø 30/22
Converts ø 30 mm cut-out to 22 mm hole
Grey
LWA0219
Yellow
LWA0220
LWA0219
PUSH BUTTON SUPPORT CLIP-ON TO DIN RAIL
For pilot lights, spring return buttons and selector switches
LWA0238
LWA0238
PADLOCKABLE SHROUD
For spring return push-buttons
LWA0226
LWA0226
Request for
Type :
q
Spring re
flush
q
Spring re
super flu
q
Spring re
projecting
q
Mushroom
spring re
q
Push-push
stay-put
q
Flush
q
Projec
q
Push-push
super flu
q
Mushroom
push-pull
stay-put
q
Mushroom
push-pull
flag indicator
q
Mushroom
push-turn
put
q
Mushroom
with key
q
Selector
handle
q
Selector
with long
q
Selector
with key
q
455
q
1424 A
q
Other
q
Knob selecto
switch
q
Double tou
q
flush-flush
q
flush-p
q
Triple tou
q
Mechanic
actuator
q
Flush
q
Projec
q
Pilot light
q
One-piec
light
q
LE
colour, vo
q
Ba
HEAD (fill in one form
SELECTOR SWITCHES’
>
>
q q q
Key free in position :
83
01
1
0
2
0
1
1
0
2
011
0
2
102
011
0
2
0
1
01
1
132
132
54
132
Characteristics (p. 98)
LWA0234
Cat. No.
LWA0219
LWA0220
LWA0238
LWA0226
Type of block
1
NO
2
NC
3
NO/NC
4
Transformer
5
Filter
6
Junction
7
Empty
8
Lamp-test
9
LED
Voltage:
q
24 V
q
130 V
q
230 V
Colour:
q
red
q
green
q
yellow
q
white
q
blue
Connection :
q
Screw
q
Faston
q
Plug-in
q
Pin-Style (for PCB)
Clips :
q
1 position
q
3 positions
q
5 positions
q
6 positions
Options :
q
Head, block and clip
assembled
Request form for specific control and signalling units ø 22
Type :
q
Spring return
flush
q
Spring return
super flush
q
Spring return
projecting
q
Mushroom head
spring return
q
Push-push
stay-put
q
Flush
q
Projecting
q
Push-push
super flush
q
Mushroom head
push-pull
stay-put
q
Mushroom head
push-pull with
flag indicator
q
Mushroom head
push-turn stay-
put
q
Mushroom head
with key
q
Selector switch
handle
q
Selector switch
with long handle
q
Selector switch
with key
q
455
q
1424 A
q
Other ..............
q
Knob selector
switch
q
Double touch
q
flush-flush
q
flush-proj.
q
Triple touch
q
Mechanical
actuator
q
Flush
q
Projecting
q
Pilot light
q
One-piece pilot
light
q
LED (specify
colour, voltage)
q
Ba9s
Options :
q
Illuminated button
q
ISO 13850
emergency stop
q
IP 67 shroud
q
Black frame
q
Guard for buttons
q
Guard for mushroom
heads
Size (mm):
Mushroom head
q
Ø32
q
Ø40
q
Ø70
Colour :
q
Colourless
q
Green
q
Black
q
Red
q
White
q
Blue
q
Yellow
Bezel :
q
black
q
matt
chromed
Fill in the grid (see below)
q
on head
q
standard text or
symbol
q
other text
(2 x 8 characters)
q
on legend plate :
q
standard
(2 x 13 characters)
q
large model
(2 x 18 characters)
Ground colour:
q
white
q
red
q
alu
q
black
HEAD (fill in one form for each type of product)
YOUR DETAILS
Company:..........................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
Name and surname: .................................
..................................................................................
Address:.............................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
E-mail :
...................................................................
Tel.: ..............................................………………………
Fax: ......................................................................
SELECTOR SWITCHES’ SWITCHING ANGLE
ENGRAVINGS
BLOCKS AND CLIPS
COMMENTS
ENGRAVING
>>
>
>
q q q q q q q q q q q
Key free in position :
q
0
q
1
q
2
q
other (attach diagram)
84
Control stations
solution boxes
ÿADVANTAGES
“All types of control station applications can be achieved”
- Multipurpose, pre-equipped with mushroom head or pushbuttons
- Enclosures for custom assembly 1,2,3,4 or 5 holes
- Up to 3 blocks per position
- Innovative design
Control stations with buttons
1, 2 or 3 buttons
Control stations with
mushroom heads
pre-assembled
control and signalling units ø 22
85
Enclosures
1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 holes
See page 94
ÿSPECIAL REQUEST
Custom assemblies and engraving options
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 85 07/06/2017 15:53
86
47,9 11
Ø29,9
M16/20
M16/20
47,9 22
Ø40
M16/20
M16/20
47,9 23
M16/20
M16/20
Ø 29,9
2221
1413
2221
1413
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø
LBX17201
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø
LBX10510
SELECTOR SWITCH - W
LBX12610
IP 66
Base mounted contact- screw terminals
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Marking on control station
Frames and legend plates (p. 70)
Special engraving on enclosure and mounting (form p. 94)
CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Control stations
CONTROL STATIONS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Control stations ø 22
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Marking
Green NO
LBX10110
Red NC
LBX10610
LBX10110
Cat. No.
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40 - SPRING RETURN
Marking
Red NC
LBX10210
LBX10210
SELECTOR SWITCH - WITH HANDLE
Marking
2 stay-put positions - 45°
Black NO
LBX12510
LBX12510
I
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 86 07/06/2017 15:53
87
47,9 39,7
M16/20
M16/20
Ø40
47,9 25,7
M16/20
M16/20
Ø 39,2
47,9 48,4
M16/20
M16/20
Ø 29,9
26,2
1413
2221
2221
2221
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop:
IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX17101
Red 2 NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX17102
Red NC NOT-HALT +
LBX17201
Red 2 NC NOT-HALT +
LBX17202
Red NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX17301
Red 2 NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX17302
Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94)
LBX17201
Push-turn to reset
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE
LBX10310
Red NC NOT AUS
LBX10410
Red NC EMERGENCY STOP
LBX10510
Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94)
LBX10510
Push-turn to reset
SELECTOR SWITCH - WITH KEY
Marking
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
2 stay-put positions - 45°
Key free in position
0-1
Black NO
LBX12610
LBX12610
Cat. No.
Control stations ø 22
IP66
Base mounted contact- screw terminals
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Marking on control station
Frames and legend plates (p. 70)
Special marking and mounting (form p. 94)
CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON (
continued
)
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
LBX10110
LBX10610
Cat. No.
LBX10210
LBX12510
I
2221
2221
2221
1211 2221
1211 2221
1211 2221
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 87 07/06/2017 15:53
88
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Red NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX11101
Red 2 NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX11102
Red NC NOT-HALT +
LBX11201
Red 2 NC NOT-HALT +
LBX11202
Red NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX11301
Red 2 NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX11302
Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94)
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Red NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX15101
Red 2 NC ARRÊT D’URGENCE +
LBX15102
Red NC NOT-HALT +
LBX15201
Red 2 NC NOT-HALT +
LBX15202
Red NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX15301
Red 2 NC EMERGENCY STOP +
LBX15302
Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94)
47,9 38,5
M16/20
M16/20
Ø54
47,9 40,8
M16/20
M16/20
Ø40
63,8
47,9 39,7
M16/20
M16/20
Ø40
2221
1211 2221
2221
1211 2221
2221
1211 2221
2221
1211 2221
2221
1211 2221
2221
1211 2221
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
LBX20120
Control stations
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
LBX30430
CONTROL STATIONS
>
IP 66
Base mounted contact- screw terminals
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Marking on control station
Frames and legend plates (p. 70)
Special engraving and mounting (form p. 94)
CONTROL STATIONS WITH 1 BUTTON (
continued
)
>
CONTROL STATIONS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Control stations ø 22
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 54 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
Compliant with the requirements of emergency stop: IEC 60947-5-5 / ISO 13850
Double position indicator: head and collar
Red NC STOP -
LBX14201
Red 2 NC STOP -
LBX14202
Contact blocks fixed behind cover (form p. 94)
Push-pull to reset with flag indicator
LBX14201
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT Key to reset
LBX11302
MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40 ISO 13850 - STAY-PUT
LBX15101
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
2221
1211 2221
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 88 07/06/2017 15:53
89
0947-5-5 / ISO 13850
D’URGENCE +
LBX11101
D’URGENCE +
LBX11102
LBX11201
LBX11202
STOP +
LBX11301
STOP +
LBX11302
0947-5-5 / ISO 13850
D’URGENCE +
LBX15101
D’URGENCE +
LBX15102
LBX15201
LBX15202
STOP +
LBX15301
STOP +
LBX15302
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
11
Ø 29,9Ø 29,9
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
11
Ø 29,9Ø 29,9Ø 29,9
2221
2221
1413
1413
1413
Cat. No.
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Marking
Green NO
Red NC
LBX20120
LBX20120
Control stations ø 22
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Green NO
Red NC
Green NO
LBX30430
Control stations with 4 or 5 buttons (form p. 94)
LBX30430
Cat. No.
CONTROL STATIONS WITH 3 BUTTONS
>
IP 66
Base mounted contact- screw terminals
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Marking on control station
Frames and legend plates (p. 70)
Special engraving and mounting (form p. 94)
CONTROL STATIONS WITH 2 BUTTONS
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
0947-5-5 / ISO 13850
LBX14201
LBX14202
Cat. No.
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 89 07/06/2017 15:53
90
Control stations
3 HOLES
LBX0300
Empty enclosures to be equipped with:
- illuminated or non illuminated heads p . 23-49
- specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66
- frames and legend plates p. 70
Other control stations to be equipped (form p. 94)
ENCLOSURES
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
1 HOLE
Black base
Grey cover
LBX0100
Yellow cover
LBX0100J
Black cover
LBX0100N
Red cover
LBX0100RN
Yellow cover with symbol IEC 60417 - 5438 / ISO 13850
LBX130167
LBX0100J
Control stations ø 22
Cat. No.
>
ENCLOSURES
2 HOLES
Black base
Grey cover
LBX0200
Yellow cover
LBX0200J
LBX0200
125,5 8
42,516,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
92,5
107
8
42,5 7416,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
59,5
74
8
42,5 74
47,9
16,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
M16/20
M16/20
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 90 07/06/2017 15:53
91
Control stations ø 22
3 HOLES
Black base
Grey cover
LBX0300
Cat. No.
LBX0300
Empty enclosures to be equipped with:
- illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49
- specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66
- frames and legend plates p. 70
Other enclosures (form p. 94)
ENCLOSURES (
continued
)
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
LBX0100
LBX0100J
LBX0100N
LBX0100RN
LBX130167
Cat. No.
LBX0200
LBX0200J
125,5
140
8
42,5 7416,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 91 07/06/2017 15:53
92
5 HOLES
LBX0500
Control stations
Empty enclosures to be equipped with:
- illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49
- specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66
- frames and legend plates p. 70
Other enclosures (form p. 94)
ENCLOSURES (
continued
)
>
ENCLOSURES
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98)
Black base
Grey cover
LBX0400
Control stations ø 22
4 HOLES
LBX0400
191,5 8
42,516,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
158,5
173
8
42,5 7416,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 92 07/06/2017 15:53
93
5 HOLES
Black base
Grey cover
LBX0500
Cat. No.
LBX0500
Control stations ø 22
Empty enclosures to be equipped with:
- illuminated or non illuminated heads p. 23-49
- specific blocks for control stations (base mounted) p. 66
- frames and legend plates p. 70
Other enclosures (form p. 94)
ENCLOSURES (
continued
)
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 98) Characteristics (p. 98)
LBX0400
191,5
206
8
42,5 7416,5
Ø 4,5
Ø 4,5
47,9
M16/20
M16/20
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 93 07/06/2017 15:53
94
Request form for specific control station ø 22
SELECTOR SWITCHES’ SWITCHING ANGLE
q q q q q q q q q q q
Key free in position :
q
0
q
1
q
2
q
other (attach diagram)
Specify the concerned buttons:
........................................................................................................................
1Spring return flush
2Push-push stay-put flush
3Spring return projecting
4Push-push stay-put
projecting
5Mushroom head spring
return
6Mushroom head push-
pull stay-put
7Mushroom head Ø 54
push- pull with flag
indicator
8Mushroom head push-
turn stay-put
9Mushroom head with
key
10 Selector switch with
handle
11 Selector switch with
long handle
12 Knob selector switch
13 Key selector switch
14 Double touch
15 Triple touch
16 Pilot light
Mounting:
q
horizontal
q
vertical
Unit type :
q
1hole
q
2 holes
q
3 holes
q
4 holes
q
5 holes
q
yellow cover (only 1 hole)
Choice of head: (write the corresponding number in the table)
Please fill in the table below
EQUIPPED CONTROL STATION (fill in one form for each type of product)
COMMENTS
YOUR DETAILS
Company: ............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
Name and surname:.........................................
................................................................................
Address: ...............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
E-mail : .................................................................
Tel.:............................................. ………………………
Fax: .......................................................................
(1) 3 characters on 3 lines for vertical marking and max. 13 characters on 2 lines for horizontal marking
(2) max. 2 lines of 6 characters
Head no.
Illuminated
Green
Black
Red
White
Blue
Yellow
Black plastic
Matt chromed
Extended
IP 67 shroud
Ø54
Ø40
Ø32
ISO 13850
NO
NC
illuminated with LED
24 V
130 V
230 V
q
On head
Colour bezel
Heads
q
Function
Blocks
LED
Voltage
q
Earth terminal
q
Contact fixed behind the cover
Marking:
Max. 14 characters on 1 line
>
q
On control station(1)
q
On legend plate(2)
>
black
Red
Alu
white
Colour
Panel cut-out
DRILLING
DRILLING FOR SUPER
DRILLING WHEN USIN
THICKNESS OF PANEL
1
2
5
10
11
12
8
9
011
0
2
0
1
1
0
2
011
0
2
102
011
0
2
0
1
01
13
14
15
1 6
3
4
6
A
B
Ø
3,2
Ø
24,1 +0,4
-0
E
7
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 94 07/06/2017 15:53
............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
.........................................
................................................................................
...............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
.................................................................
............................................. ………………………
.......................................................................
Panel cut-out
For heads equipped with electrical blocks with screw or plug-in terminals
DRILLING
DRILLING FOR SUPER-FLUSH BUTTON
DRILLING WHEN USING THE ANTI-ROTATION RING (OPTIONAL)
Minimum interval (mm)
=30
With or without legend (usual case)
=33
IP 67 (silicon shroud)
=40
With large legend plate
>
40
For mushroom head ø 40
>
45
For selector switch with long handle
=38
For super-flush button
=50
With 5 position clip
= 45 With or without legend plate (usual case)
= 54 With double touch
= 77 With double touch + legend plate
= 50 Joystick
A
B
THICKNESS OF PANEL (E)
E=1to6mm
Ø 22,3+0,4
-0
A
B
Ø 30,5 +0,5
-0
3,2 Ø 22,3 +0,4
-0
24,1 +0,4
-0
E
95
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 95 07/06/2017 15:53
96
43
43
43
50
64,5
MountingMounting blocks ø 22
NON ILLUMINATED ILLUMINATED
Head with 1 contact
block on
a 1 position clip
Head with 1 or 2
contact blocks on a
3 position clip
Head with 3
contact blocks on a
3 position clip
Head with 4 or 5
contact blocks on a
5 position clip
Head with 4, 5 or 6
contact blocks 2
nd
level of contact blocks
stacked directly on
first row
(3 position clip)
Pilot ligh
a1po
Illumina
LED and
blocks
Illumina
LED and
blocks
blocks
on firs
clip)
Illumina
LED on
ply wi
blocks
Illumina
LED and
blocks
Il
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 96 07/06/2017 15:53
97
43
43
64,5
80,5
50
Mounting blocks ø 22
ILLUMINATED
Pilot light on
a 1 position clip
Illuminated head with
LED and 1 or 2 contact
blocks on a 3 position clip
Illuminated head with
LED and 3 or 4 contact
blocks 2
nd
level of contact
blocks stacked directly
on first row (3 position
clip)
Illuminated head with
LED on transformer sup-
ply with 1 or 2 contact
blocks on a 3 position clip
Illuminated head with
LED and 3 or 4 contact
blocks on a 5 position clip
Illuminated blocks
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 97 07/06/2017 15:53
98
Technical
Technical characteristics
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Storage temperature
-40°C
to
+70°C
>
Operating temperature
-25°C
to
+70°C
>
Climatic resistance Constant humid heat
IEC 60068-2-3
Cyclic damp heat
IEC 60068-2-30
Resistance to sea air
IEC 60068-2-52
>
Degree of protection IP 65 for adjustable mechanical push button
IEC 60529
IP 65 for USB interface
IEC 60529
IP 66 for standard heads
IEC 60529
IP 67 for shrouded heads
IEC 60529
IP 66 for equipped control stations
IEC 60529
IP 69 and IP 69K for push buttons
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IP 69 and IP 69K for selector switches
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IP 69 and IP 69K for pilot devices
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IP 69 and IP 69K for emergency stops
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IP 69 and IP 69K for audible warning buzzers
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IP 20 at the rear of the panel for contact blocks
and one piece pilot lights
Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 3S, 4, 4X, 12, and 13 for heads and control stations NEMA standard
>
Protection against mechanical impacts IK 05 illuminated and non illuminated heads
IEC 62262
IK 07 empty control station
>
Electrical insulation Class II - heads and control station
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Terminal marking
IEC 60947-1
>
Tightening torques Locking ring: recommended 3 N.m or tightened with the fixing tool to hand tight after
pressure point plus another half turn
Terminals: max. 1.2 N.m
>
Approvals UL United states and Canada
UL 508, CSA 22.2
BV Bureau Véritas Marine rules
Certification OC/CB
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-5
IEC 60947-5-4
>
Vibrations withstand vibration
IEC 60068-2-6
Fc test:2to 25 Hz, 1.6 mm; 25-100 Hz, 4 g
GENERAL
>
Screw and plug-in connection
>
Rated insulation
>
NC contacts
>
Rated impulse voltage
Pollution degree
>
Conventional the
>
Electrical ratings
Failure rate < 10
>
Electrical operati
>
Applicable wire s
CONTACT BLO
>
Faston connection
>
Rated insulation
>
NC contacts
>
Rated impulse withstanding
Pollution degree
>
Conventional the
>
Electrical ratings
Failure rate < 10
>
Electrical operati
>
Faston size
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 98 07/06/2017 15:53
99
Technical characteristics
Standards
IEC 60068-2-3
IEC 60068-2-30
IEC 60068-2-52
IEC 60529
IEC 60529
IEC 60529
IEC 60529
IEC 60529
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
IEC 60529 - ISO 20653
NEMA standard
IEC 62262
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-1
l to hand tight after
UL 508, CSA 22.2
Marine rules
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-5
IEC 60947-5-4
IEC 60068-2-6
Screw and plug-in connection characteristics Standards
Data
>
Rated insulation voltage
690 V
AC
IEC 60947-1
600 V
AC
UL 508
>
NC contacts Positive opening
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 6kV
Pollution degree 3
>
Conventional thermal current in free air conditions
AC15: 10 A IEC 60947-5-1
DC13: 2,5 A
>
Electrical ratings Alternating current Direct current
IEC 60947-5-1
AC15 - A 600 DC13 - Q 600
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,55 A
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A
Ue = 380 V, Ie = 1,9 A Ue = 400 V, Ie = 0,15 A
Ue = 480 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 500 V, Ie = 0,13 A
Ue = 500 V, Ie = 1,4 A Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0,1 A
Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1,2 A
Minimum operating current
- standard blocks - golden contacts
Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA Ue = 5 V DC and Ie = 1 mA
Failure rate < 10 -8 Failure rate < 10 -8
>
Electrical operating life 1million cycles for:
-AC15-B300 -DC13-R300
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A
>
Applicable wire sizes Rigid or flexible wire without ferrule:
0,5
mm2to
2x2,5
mm2
Rigid or flexible wire with ferrule:
0,5
mm2to
2x1,5
mm2
CONTACT BLOCKS
>
Faston connection Standards
Data
>
Rated insulation voltage
320 V
AC
IEC 60947-1
300 V
AC
UL 508
>
NC contacts Positive opening
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated impulse withstanding voltage Uimp 6 kV
Pollution degree 3
>
Conventional thermal current in free air conditions
AC 15: 10 A IEC 60947-5-1
DC 13: 2,5 A
>
Electrical ratings Alternating current Direct current
IEC 60947-5-1
AC15 - A 300 DC13 - Q 300
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 6 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,55 A
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,27 A
Minimum current of use
Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA
Failure rate < 10 -8
>
Electrical operating life 1million cycles for:
-AC15-B300 -DC13-R300
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A
>
Faston size 6,35 mm or 2 x 2,8 mm
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 99 07/06/2017 15:53
100
Technical characteristics
CONTACT BLOCKS
>
Pin-style connection (for PCB) Standards
Data
>
Rated insulation voltage
250 V
AC
IEC 60947-1
250 V
AC
UL 508
>
NC contacts Positive opening
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated impulse withstanding voltage Uimp 4 kV
Pollution degree 3
>
Conventional thermal current in free air conditions
AC 15: 5 A IEC 60947-5-1
DC 13: 1 A
>
Electrical ratings Alternating current Direct current
IEC 60947-5-1
AC 15 - B 300 DC13 - R 300
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A
IEC 60947-5-4
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A
Minimum current of use
- standard blocks - golden contacts
Ue = 24 V DC and Ie = 5 mA Ue = 5 V DC and Ie = 1 mA
Failure rate < 10 -8 Failure rate < 10 -8
>
Electrical operating life 1million cycles for:
-AC15-B300 -DC13-R300
Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A Ue = 125 V, Ie = 0,22 A
Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1,5 A Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,1 A
>
Pin diameter ø 1 mm
Technical
Characteristics
>
Rated insulation
>
Rated impulse voltage
Pollution degree
>
Operating voltage
>
Frequency
>
Lifetime at rated
>
Consumption of
LED BLOCKS
>
Characteristics
>Rated insulation
>
Rated impulse withstand
>Operating voltage
>
Frequency
>
Lifetime at rated
>
Consumption
ONE PIECE P
>
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 100 07/06/2017 15:53
101
Standards
IEC 60947-1
UL 508
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-1
IEC 60947-5-4
Technical characteristics
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Rated insulation voltage
300 V IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 kV (with filter block see p. 68)
IEC 60947-1
Pollution degree 3
>
Operating voltage
12
to
24 V
AC/DC
48 V AC/DC (for LED block)
110 V
DC
130 V
AC
230 V
AC
>
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
>
Lifetime at rated supply voltage Red and yellow:
100 000
hours at
25 °C
Other colours:
50 000
hours at
25 °C
>
Consumption of LED blocks Voltage:
- 24 V: 25
m
A ± 20%
-48V:15
m
A±5%
- 110 V: 20
m
A ± 10%
- 130 V: 20
m
A ± 10%
- 230 V: 16
m
A ± 30%
LED BLOCKS FOR ILLUMINATED HEADS AND ONE PIECE LED PILOT LIGHTS
>
Characteristics Standards
Data
>Rated insulation voltage 300 V IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV
IEC 60947-1
>Operating voltage 24 V AC/DC (± 10%)
130 V AC/DC (± 10%)
230 V AC/DC (± 10%)
>
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
>
Lifetime at rated supply voltage Red: 100 000 hours at 25° C
Other colours: 50 000 hours at 25° C
>
Consumption
24 V: 4,6 mA
130 V: 5,2 mA
230 V: 4,6 mA
ONE PIECE PILOT LIGHT
>
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 101 07/06/2017 15:53
102
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Rated insulation voltage
5 V AC/DC IEC 60947-5-1
>
Rated current 1,8 A
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Insulation resistance ≥100 MΩ
>
Contact resistance ≤30 MΩ
>
USB class 3.0 (backward compatible with USB class 2.0)
>
Transmission characteristics for 5 Gbps (625 MB/sec)
>
Recommended fixing tool Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Supply voltage 18 to 30 V AC/DC
IEC 60947-5-1
85 to 140 V AC/DC
185 to 265 V AC/DC
>
Rated impulse voltage Uimp 4 KV
IEC 60947-5-1
>
Sound Power 80 dB @ 10 cm
>
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
>
Maximum power consumption ≤20 mA
>
Service life 30000 hours (continuously powered)
>
Recommended fixing tool Tightening flat wrench size 26 mm
USB INTERFACE 3.0
>
AUDIBLE WARNING BUZZERS
>
Technical characteristics
BACO_0085-0102_EN.indd 102 07/06/2017 15:53
103
Technical characteristics
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Mechanical endurance (in million cycles) Spring return: 5
Push-push: 0,5
Selector switches: 0,3
Mushroom head maintained function ISO 13850: 0,10
Mushroom head maintained function: 0,15
>
Activation force in N Spring return + NO: 6,5
Spring return + NC: 4,5
Additional NO contact: 4,5
Additional NC contact: 3,0
Push-pull mushroom head + NO + NC: 27
Push-turn mushroom head + NO + NC: 22
Push-pull mushroom head ISO 13850 + NO + NC: 37
Push-turn mushroom head ISO 13850 + NO + NC: 60
>
Activation force in Nm Selector switch + NO: 0,04
Additional NO contact: 0.03
HEADS
>
EMERGENCY STOP ACTUATORS - ISO 13850:
>
According to IEC 60947-5-5, the emergency stop function can be provided by an ISO 13850 mushroom head combined with a «positive opening»
NC contact block.
The mechanism of our ISO 13850 mushroom heads is so designed that a «push» action of sufficient force to open the contact systematically trig-
gers an irreversible locking of this opening. This generates an «emergency stop» signal which can be cancelled only by deliberate manual reset-
ting of the mushroom head (pull and turn or unlocking by key).
This function allows to generate an «emergency stop» signal for any equipment subject to directive 98/37CE (machinery safety) completed by
the IEC 60204-1 standard.
The ISO 13850 mushroom heads also comply with the safety requirements detailed in standard ISO 13850.
104
Ø 30 heads:
Baco simplifies
ÿAVANTAGES
-Ø30 heads use the
- Fully compatible with
- Wide choice of bez
ÿHEAD COLOU
01 red
02 green
03 black
Control and
Diagrams
MECHANICAL OPERATION
For 3 position selector switches Back side view Non operated block Operated block
Handle posi- tion
(View from front of panel)
Contacts block actuation
(View from front of panel)
MECHANICAL OPERATION
For Joysticks
2 positions 4 positions
PUSH-TO-TEST LED PILOT LIGHT DIAGRAMS
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MOUNTING
Lamp-testing module with
1 diode (33ET) for direct
supply 24 V and 48V
0
12 0
12 0
12
132
0A
14
12
24
22
X
X
X
X
OB
132
0
14
12
24
22
X
X
X
X
OBDCA
LM11 23
in 2 21
LM11 13
in 1 11
LM11 23
in 2 21
LM11 13
in 1 11
Test
Load
Lamp
testing
module
LED block
L1
Y
X1
L2
Test
Load
Lamp testing
module
LED block
L1
Y
X
X1
L2
Test
Load
Lamp testing
module
Test + LED
assembly
LED block
with test
L1
L2
Lamp-testing module with
2 diodes (33ETT) for direct
supply 24 V and 48 V
Lamp-testing assembly
for direct supply 130 V and 240 V
(Consult us - see page 79)
105
Ø 30 heads:
Baco simplifies your choice
ÿAVANTAGES
- Ø 30 heads use the same clips and blocks as Ø 22 heads
- Fully compatible with the new Ø 22 range
- Wide choice of bezels
---AA -- definition of function
T16 AA - - choice of bezel
T16 AA 02 colour of head
ÿBEZEL CODES
T11 chrome brilliant plastic
T12 black plastic
T13 grey plastic
T14 chrome brass
T16 matt chrome plastic
T16 AA 02
ÿHEAD COLOUR CODES
01 red
02 green
03 black
Cat. No.
04 yellow
05 white
06 blue
Control and signalling units ø 30
Operated block
tion
X
D
ting assembly
y 130 V and 240 V
- see page 79)
106
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH
T52QA02
SPRING RETURN - MUS
T16AD01
SPRING RETURN - MUS
T16AE01
STAY-PUT - PROJECTI
T16CB02
T16AA01
Separate units ø 30: Heads
>
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Without engraving
Red
T16AA01
Green
T16AA02
Black
T16AA03
Yellow
T16AA04
White
T16AA05
Blue
T16AA06
With engraving
Red
T16AA81
Green
T16AA82
Black
T16AA83
Cat. No.
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
Red
T16AB01
Green
T16AB02
Black
T16AB03
Yellow
T16AB04
White
T16AB05
Blue
T16AB06
T16AB01
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Supplied with transparent shroud
Marking possible
(engravings and symbols p. 76)
Red
T12AG01
Green
T12AG02
Black
T12AG03
Yellow
T12AG04
White
T12AG05
Blue
T12AG06
.
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
T12AG03
Ø 36,5
14
Ø 36,5
24,5
Ø 38,5
20
107
heads (see p. 52-69)
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH-FLUSH
Plastic black frame
Green
Red
T52QA02
Black
Red
T52QA03
Double touch
T52QA02
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40
Red
T16AD01
Green
T16AD02
Black
T16AD03
Yellow
T16AD04
T16AD01
Cat. No.
Push
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 70
Red - plastic
T16AE01
Black - plastic
T16AE03
T16AE01
Push
STAY-PUT - PROJECTING
Red
T16CB01
Green
T16CB02
Black
T16CB03
Yellow
T16CB04
White
T16CB05
Blue
T16CB06
Push-push
T16CB02
T16AA01
T16AA02
T16AA03
T16AA04
T16AA05
T16AA06
T16AA81
T16AA82
T16AA83
Cat. No.
T16AB01
T16AB02
T16AB03
T16AB04
T16AB05
T16AB06
T12AG01
T12AG02
T12AG03
T12AG04
T12AG05
T12AG06
.
50x37
12
Ø40
26,5
Ø70
43,5
Ø 36,5
24,5
108
Ø 36,5
26,5
01
01
0
1
Ø 36,5
26,5
0
1
0
12
0
1
2
1
2
0
0
2
1
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED
>
WITH HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KA01
Black
T16KA03
Grey
T16KA08
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KC01
Black
T16KC03
Grey
T16KC08
Spring return- 45°
Red
T16KD01
Black
T16KD03
Grey
T16KD08
Stay-put positions -90°
Red
T16KF01
Black
T16KF03
Grey
T16KF08
T16KA03
Cat. No.
2 positions
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
T16KP03
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
WITH LONG HANDLE
T16MR01
Separate units ø 30: Heads
WITH HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16MA01
Black
T16MA03
Grey
T16MA08
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
T16MC01
Black
T16MC03
Grey
T16MC08
Spring return to 0- 45°
Red
T16MD01
Black
T16MD03
Grey
T16MD08
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
T16MK01
Black
T16MK03
Grey
T16MK08
3 positions
T16MA01
109
26,5
Ø 36,5
28
01
01
0
1
26,5
Ø 36,5
28
0
12
0
1
2
1
2
0
heads (see p. 52-69)
T16KA01
T16KA03
T16KA08
T16KC01
T16KC03
T16KC08
T16KD01
T16KD03
T16KD08
T16KF01
T16KF03
T16KF08
Cat. No.
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
WITH LONG HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KP01
Black
T16KP03
Grey
T16KP08
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KR01
Black
T16KR03
Grey
T16KR08
Spring return - 45°
Red
T16KS01
Black
T16KS03
Grey
T16KS08
Cat. No.
2 positions
T16KP03
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
WITH LONG HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16MR01
Black
T16MR03
Grey
T16MR08
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
T16MT01
Black
T16MT03
Grey
T16MT08
Spring return to 0
- 45°
Red
T16MU01
Black
T16MU03
Grey
T16MU08
T16MR01
3 positions
T16MA01
T16MA03
T16MA08
T16MC01
T16MC03
T16MC08
T16MD01
T16MD03
T16MD08
T16MK01
T16MK03
T16MK08
110
54
30,5
Ø 36,5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
54
30,5
Ø 36,5
0
2
1
0
12
12
0
0
2
1
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
WITH KEY
Key free in position:
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black 0
T16LA00
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black 0
T16LC00
Spring return- 45°
Black 0
T16LD00
Stay-put positions - 90°
Black 0
T16LF00
Key profile n° 1424 A and others (form p. 123)
T16LA00
Cat. No.
2 positions
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
WITH KEY
T16GM00
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
Separate units ø 30: Heads
WITH KEY
Key free in position:
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Stay-put positions - 45°
Black 0
T16NA00
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Black 0
T16NC00
Spring return to 0- 45°
Black 0
T16ND00
Stay-put positions -90°
Black
1-
0
- 2 T16NK00
Key profile n° 1424 A and others (form p. 123)
3 positions
T16NA00
111
36,5
58
34,5
heads (see p. 52-69)
position:
T16LA00
T16LC00
T16LD00
T16LF00
Cat. No.
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - NON ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
WITH KEY
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Lockable position Key free in:
Stay-put
In bottom position Top and bottom position
T16GM00
Manual locking
In top position Top and bottom position
T16GF00
In top position Bottom position
T16GJ00
In bottom position Top and bottom position
T16GG00
In bottom position Bottom position
T16GK00
In top and bottom position Top and bottom position
T16GH00
In top and bottom position Bottom position
T16GL00
Cat. No.
Push
T16GM00
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p.125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
T16NA00
T16NC00
T16ND00
T16NK00
112
Ø40
26,5
Ø40
26,5
Ø40
34,5
58
36,5
Ø70
58
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
T12HA04
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel - Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
MUSHROOM HEADS - NON ILLUMINATED
>
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
T12HG06
SPRING RETURN - PROJE
T12HB05
Separate units ø 30: Heads
>
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Red
T16DD01
Green
T16DD02
Black
T16DD03
Yellow
T16DD04
Cat. No.
Push-pull to reset
T16DD01
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Stay-put
Red
T16ED01
Green
T16ED02
Black
T16ED03
Yellow
T16ED04
Manual locking
Red
T16FD01
Green
T16FD02
Black
T16FD03
Yellow
T16FD04
T16ED01
Push-turn to reset
Ø 40 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Red
T16GM01
T16GM01
Key to reset
Ø 70 - STAY-PUT
Supplied with 2 keys profile n° 455
Red
T16GP01
T16GP01
Key to reset
>
ADJUSTABLE
113
Ø36,6
Ø30
19,8
Ø37,5
Ø30
28,2
Ø36,6
Ø30
31,2
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Red
T12HA01
Green
T12HA02
Black
T12HA03
Yellow
T12HA04
White
T12HA05
Blue
T12HA06
Cat. No.
T12HA04
heads (see p. 52-69)
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Supplied with transparent shroud
Red
T12HG01
Green
T12HG02
Black
T12HG03
Yellow
T12HG04
White
T12HG05
Blue
T12HG06
T12HG06
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
Red
T12HB01
Green
T12HB02
Black
T12HB03
Yellow
T12HB04
White
T12HB05
Blue
T12HB06
T12HB05
T16DD01
T16DD02
T16DD03
T16DD04
Cat. No.
T16ED01
T16ED02
T16ED03
T16ED04
T16FD01
T16FD02
T16FD03
T16FD04
T16GM01
T16GP01
IP 65
To be used without electrical block
Black plastic bezel
Stroke 12 mm
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
Characteristics (p. 125)
>
ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL PUSH/RESET BUTTON - NON ILLUMINATED
114
Ø 36,5
13,5
Ø 38,5
20
Ø 36,5
24,5
Ø40
26,5
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED
>
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Red
T16AH10
Green
T16AH20
Colourless
T16AH30
Yellow
T16AH40
Opal
T16AH50
T16AH20
Cat. No.
PUSH-BUTTONS
>
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
STAY-PUT - PROJECTI
T16CK50
Separate units ø 30: Heads
SPRING RETURN - FLUSH
Supplied with transparent shroud
Red
T12AP10
Green
T12AP20
Colourless
T12AP30
Yellow
T12AP40
Opal
T12AP50
Enables engraving of button plate (form p. 123)
Reinforced degree of protection: IP 67
T12AP40
SPRING RETURN - PROJECTING
Red
T16AK10
Green
T16AK20
Colourless
T16AK30
Yellow
T16AK40
Opal
T16AK50
T16AK10
SPRING RETURN - MUSHROOM HEAD Ø 40
Red
T16AM10
Green
T16AM20
Yellow
T16AM40
Opal
T16AM50
T16AM10
Push
115
Ø 36,5
24,5
heads (see p. 52-69)
T16AH10
T16AH20
T16AH30
T16AH40
T16AH50
Cat. No.
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Black bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PUSH-BUTTONS - ILLUMINATED (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
STAY-PUT - PROJECTING
Red
T16CK10
Green
T16CK20
Colourless
T16CK30
Yellow
T16CK40
Opal
T16CK50
Cat. No.
Push-push
T16CK50
T12AP10
T12AP20
T12AP30
T12AP40
T12AP50
T16AK10
T16AK20
T16AK30
T16AK40
T16AK50
T16AM10
T16AM20
T16AM40
T16AM50
116
Ø 36,5
26,5
Ø 36,5
26,5
0
12
0
1
2
1
2
0
0
2
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
Plastic chrome bezel- Other bezel on request (form p. 123)
Ø 30 blocks use the same blocks and clips (except for the 5 position clip) as Ø 22 mm heads (see p. 52-69)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
SELECTOR SWITCHES - ILLUMINATED
>
WITH HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KG10
Green
T16KG20
Opal
T16KG50
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16KJ10
Green
T16KJ20
Opal
T16KJ50
Spring return - 45°
Red
T16KK10
Green
T16KK20
Opal
T16KK50
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
T16KM10
Green
T16KM20
Opal
T16KM50
T16KG10
Cat. No.
2 positions
PILOT LIGHT
>
LENS WITH BEZEL
T10SB50V
Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate u
LENS WITH BEZEL AND
T15SB20V
Separate units ø 30: Heads
WITH HANDLE
Stay-put positions - 45°
Red
T16ME10
Green
T16ME20
Opal
T16ME50
Spring return from right to 0- 45°
Red
T16MG10
Green
T16MG20
Opal
T16MG50
Spring return to 0- 45°
Red
T16MH10
Green
T16MH20
Opal
T16MH50
Stay-put positions - 90°
Red
T16MJ10
Green
T16MJ20
Opal
T16MJ50
T16ME20
3 positions
117
Ø 36,5
14
Ø37
14
heads (see p. 52-69)
T16KG10
T16KG20
T16KG50
T16KJ10
T16KJ20
T16KJ50
T16KK10
T16KK20
T16KK50
T16KM10
T16KM20
T16KM50
Cat. No.
IP 65
To be combined with a clip and electrical blocks (p. 52)
With locking ring
For lens engraving (form p. 123)
Conform to IEC 60947-5-1
PILOT LIGHT
>
LENS WITH BEZEL
Smooth lens
Red
T10SB10V
Green
T10SB20V
Colourless
T10SB30V
Yellow
T10SB40V
Opal
T10SB50V
Blue
T10SB60V
Cat. No.
T10SB50V
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p. 125)
Separate units ø 30: Heads
LENS WITH BEZEL AND TRIM
Smooth lens
Red
T15SB10V
Green
T15SB20V
Colourless
T15SB30V
Yellow
T15SB40V
Opal
T15SB50V
Blue
T15SB60V
T15SB20V
T16ME10
T16ME20
T16ME50
T16MG10
T16MG20
T16MG50
T16MH10
T16MH20
T16MH50
T16MJ10
T16MJ20
T16MJ50
118
LEGEND PLATE
>
COMPLETE FRAME
>
Round shape
Black frame and legend plate unassembled
2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line
Without engraving
Red
UP31
Black
UP33
Alu
UP39
Transparent
UP37
On demand engraving (p. 123)
UP39
Cat. No.
Standard model
Characteristics (p. 125)
2 lines maximum, 18 characters per line
For frame cat. no.. UP3
Without engraving
Red
IB1
Black
IB3
Alu
IB9
Transparent
IB7
On demand engraving (p. 123)
Cardboard legend for transparent legend plate
I2B
Sheet of 20 pieces, to be cut out
Cat. No.
Standard model
IB1
Accessories ø 30
Round shape
Black frame and legend plate unassembled
2 lines maximum, 24 characters per line
Without engraving
Red
UG31
Black
UG33
Alu
UG39
Transparent
UG37
On demand engraving (p. 123)
Large model
UG39
Ø 30,2
Ø40
404,8
34
36,35
10,6
Ø 30,2
Ø40
504,8
34
119
2 lines maximum, 24 characters per line
For frame cat. no.. UG3
Without engraving
Red
IC1
Black
IC3
Alu
IC9
Transparent
IC7
On demand engraving (p. 123)
Cardboard legend for transparent legend plate
I2C
Sheet of 20 pieces, to be cut out
IC3
Cat. No.
Large model
Characteristics (p. 125)
Accessories ø 30
LEGEND PLATE (
continued
)
>
>
Black
UP3
UP3
Cat. No.
Standard model
FRAMES
Black
UG3
UG3
Large model
46,35
10,6
Ø 30,2
Ø40
404,8
34
Ø 30,2
Ø40
504,8
34
120
ROUND
UA0011
>
Characteristics (p. 125)
Accessories
BEZELS
GUARD
UA0202
UA0112
Accessories ø 30
SHROUDS IP 67
>
FOR ADJUSTABLE MECHANICAL BUTTONS
Transparent
UA0219
UA0219
Cat. No.
FOR FLUSH BUTTONS
Transparent
UA0228
UA0228
FOR ILLUMINATED FLUSH BUTTONS
2 lines maximum, 10 characters per line
To be inserted under the button
Without engraving
Transparent
UE02
On demand engraving (p. 123)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Transparent (black engraving)
UE02
Other colours (form p. 123)
UE02
Cat. No.
FOR PILOT LIGHTS
2 lines maximum, 12 characters per line
To be inserted under the lens
Without engraving
Transparent
UE10
On demand engraving (p. 123)
Symbol code to be added at the end of the catalogue number
Transparent (black engraving)
UE10
UE10
BUTTON PLATES
>
121
ROUND
Height 13 mm
Possibility of sticking the bezel on the button
Brilliant chrome plastic
UA0011
Black plastic
UA0012
Grey plastic
UA0013
Matt chrome plastic bezel
UA0016
Brillant chrome brass
UA0014
Cat. No.
UA0011
>
Characteristics (p. 125) Characteristics (p. 125)
Accessories ø 30
BEZELS
GUARD
Height 20 mm
Brilliant chrome brass
UA0202
For flush push-buttons
UA0202
Height 20 mm
Brilliant chrome plastic
UA0111
Black plastic
UA0112
Grey plastic
UA0113
Brilliant chrome brass
UA0114
For adjustable mechanical button
UA0112
UA0219
Cat. No.
UA0228
UE02
r
UE02
Cat. No.
UE10
r
UE10
122
010
10
>
Characteristics (p. 125)
Request for
Type:
q
Spring re
flush
q
Spring re
projecting
q
Mushroom
spring re
q
Push-push
stay-put
q
Mushroom
push-pull
stay-put
q
Mushroom
push-turn
put
q
Mushroom
With key
q
Selector
handle
q
Selector
with long
q
Selector
with key
q
455 E
q
1424 A
q
Other
q
Double tou
q
Mechanic
button
q
Flush
q
Projec
q
Pilot light
HEAD (fill in one form
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
>
q q q
Key free in position:
Accessories ø 30
MISCELLANEOUS
FIXING TOOL
Fixing tool ø 30
WA0210
WA0210
Cat. No.
BLANKING PLUG
Grey
UA0215
UA0215
ANTI-ROTATION RING
Anti-rotation ring
UA0209
UA0209
123
011
0
2
0
1
1
0
2
011
0
2
102
011
0
2
0
1
01
1
132
132
Characteristics (p. 125)
Block:
1
NO
2
NC
3
NO/NC
4
Transformer
5
Filter
6
Jonction
7
Empty
8
Lamp-test
9
LED
Voltage:
q
24 V
q
130 V
q
230 V
Colour:
q
white
q
yellow
q
red
q
green
q
blue
Connection:
q
Screw
q
Faston
q
Plug-in
q
For PCB
Clips :
q
1 position
q
3 positions
q
6 positions
Options:
q
Head, block and clip
assembled
Request form for specific control and signalling units ø 30
Type:
q
Spring return
flush
q
Spring return
projecting
q
Mushroom head
spring return
q
Push-push
stay-put
q
Mushroom head
push-pull
stay-put
q
Mushroom head
push-turn stay-
put
q
Mushroom head
With key
q
Selector switch
handle
q
Selector switch
with long handle
q
Selector switch
with key
q
455 E
q
1424 A
q
Other ..............
q
Double touch
q
Mechanical
button
q
Flush
q
Projecting
q
Pilot light
Options:
q
Illuminated button
q
IP 67 shroud
q
Guard for buttons
Size (mm):
Mushroom head
q
Ø40
q
Ø70
Colour :
q
Colourless
q
Green
q
Black
q
Red
q
Opal
q
Blue
q
Yellow
Bezel:
q
black
q
grey
q
matt
chromed
q
brilliant chromed
q
chromed brass
Use the grid below
q
on head
q
standard text or
symbol
q
other text
(2 x 10 characters)
q
on legend plate :
q
standard
(2 x 18 characters)
q
large model
(2 x 24 characters)
Ground colour:
q
white
q
alu
q
black
HEAD (fill in one form for each type of product)
YOUR DETAILS
Company:..........................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
Name and surname: .................................
..................................................................................
Address:.............................................................
..................................................................................
..................................................................................
E-mail:
....................................................................
Tel.: ..............................................………………………
Fax: ......................................................................
SELECTOR SWITCHES SWITCHING ANGLE
ENGRAVINGS
BLOCKS AND CLIPS
COMMENTS
ENGRAVING
>>
>
>
q q q q q q q q q q q
Key free in position:
q
0
q
1
q
2
WA0210
Cat. No.
UA0215
UA0209
124
Panel cut-out ø 30
For heads equipped with electrical blocks with screw terminals
DRILLING
DRILLING WHEN USING THE ANTI-ROTATION RING (OPTIONAL)
Minimum interval (mm)
>
40
For mushroom head ø40
>
50
For selector switch with Long handle
>
70
For mushroom head ø70
> 50 For double touch
> 50 For legend plates
> 70 For mushroom head ø70
A
B
Technical
Characteristics
>
Storage temperature
for illuminated or
>
Operating temperature
>
Degree of protec
>
Mechanical life
3x10
The blocks used for
Their characteristics
MOUNTING
>
Ø 30,5 +0,5
-0
A
B
Ø 3,2 Ø 30,5 +0,5
-0
18,1
GENERAL
>
125
als
Technical characteristics ø 30
Characteristics Standards
Data
>
Storage temperature
for illuminated or non illuminated button
- 40°C
to
+ 70°C
>
Operating temperature Non illuminated buttons:
- 25°C
to
+ 70°C
Illuminated buttons:
- 25°C
to
+ 60°C
>
Degree of protection IP 65 for standard heads
IEC 60529
IP 67 for shrouded heads
>
Mechanical life Spring return push button:
IEC 60947-5-1
3x10
6
operating cycles
The blocks used for diameter 30 are the same as for diameter 22.
Their characteristics are described on p. 95
MOUNTING THE BLOCKS
>
GENERAL
>
126
DESIGNATION
PRICE LIST CODE
Observations
1DETERMINE T
Voltage, performanc
EG: for switching
2SELECT A DIA
EG: for a 2 way
EG: for a switching
3DETERMINE T
front or rear moun
EG: for rear moun
4DEFINE THE PR
Plate, frame and
with key locking
EG: for a 72 fr
5SELECT YOUR
Handles and long
EG: for a
72
“pump
“pump 1 -
Protection, flexibility and safety
Cam switches from 10 to 200 A
ÿSTANDARD SOLUTIONS P. 134 - 212
The expertise of a specialist like Baco allows us to offer
made-to-measure solutions, even the most specific
.
ÿADVANTAGES
- Conform to European and international standards: IEC, UL and CSA
- A metal shaft capable of withstanding more than 1 million operations
- More than 50 000 different diagrams available
- Many specific functions and special markings
ÿMADE-TO-ME
How do I order
Example: A ch
Example of grid
Metal shaft
can withstand more than
1million operations
Choice of diagram
from 1to 24 contacts
Customised
engravings
127
Rating Diagram Mounting Presentation Option 1 Option 2...
DESIGNATION PR 63 2251 A4 S Q72 MN “pump 1- pump 2”-
PRICE LIST CODE I A02Z - Y508 Q72 MN Y000 -
Observations PR 63
AC21 = 63 A
2 way without off,
1 pole
90° switching
angle
Rear mounting 72 plate and
frame presenta-
tion
Medium handle Standard
engraving
1DETERMINE THE RATING according to the electrical specifications p. 215
Voltage, performance, etc (p. 213).
EG: for switching of resistive loads 63A ÿRATING: PR 63 ÿPRICE LIST CODE: I
2SELECT A DIAGRAM AND ITS SWITCHING ANGLE p. 216
EG: for a 2 way switch without off, with 1 pole ÿCAT. NO. 2251 ÿPRICE LIST CODE: A02Z
EG: for a switching angle of 90° ÿCAT.NO.A4 ÿPRICE LIST CODE: -
3DETERMINE THE MOUNTING METHOD p. 249
front or rear mounting, with screws or on DIN rail.
EG: for rear mounting 68 mm interval ÿCAT.NO.S ÿPRICE LIST CODE: Y508
4DEFINE THE PRESENTATION p. 263
Plate, frame and handle, padlockable, with clutch drive, in enclosure,
with key locking, coupling in parallel or in series, dual-voltage device, etc
EG: for a 72 frame with a medium handle ÿCAT. NO. Q72 MN ÿPRICE LIST CODE: Q72 MN
5SELECT YOUR OPTIONS p. 278
Handles and long handles, legends, legend plate, terminal cover, etc
EG: for a
72
“pump 1 pump 2” engraving ÿengraving ÿPRICE LIST CODE: Y000
“pump 1 -
pump 2”
ÿMADE-TO-MEASURE SOLUTIONS
How do I order a switch in 5 steps?
Example: A change-over switch without off
Example of grid to be used for your order
128
>Thermal current, Ith (A)
>Rated operating curr
>Rated operating curr
>Motor performanc
>Motor performanc
>Rated insulation v
>Rated short time withstand
>Maximum wire siz
>Mechanical durability (nb o
>Operating temper
>Degree of protection
Standard circuits diagr
up to 32 A
The expertise of a specialist
ready-solutions
PR ONE cam switch Series
A selection of standard switching programmes and mounting
forms for practical reliable solutions to be achieved quickly
ÿDESIGN AND FUNCTIONS
ÿFINGER PROT
ÿCONFORMING
ÿELECTRICAL C
· 45° switching angle
· Forced opened contacts
· Finger protected (degree of protection up to IP 20)
· Short-circuit rated
· Fulfills the load of break requirements up to 690 V
· Terminal screws in open position
· Switching capacity Ie (A): 16 A, 25 A and 32 A in AC21
· Manually operated control switches
· Front presentation: aluminium plate with black handle with index
· Laser marking on escutcheon
· Front degree of protection IP 40
· 2-screw panel mount - interval 30 mm
Degree of protection
IEC EN 60947-1
IEC EN 60947-3
UL 508
UL-CSA approved
ÿAPPLICATIONS
· ON-OFF switches
· Changeover switches
· Multi-step switches
· Instrument switches
129
>Thermal current, Ith (A) 20 32 40
>Rated operating current in AC-21A, Ie (A) 16 25 32
>Rated operating current in AC-15A, Ie (A) 6 10 12
>Motor performance in AC-3 (kW) 3 x 230 V
3 x 400 V 3
4
4
7,5
5,5
11
>Motor performance in AC-23 (kW) 3 x 230 V
3 x 400 V 4
7,5
7,5
11
11
11
>Rated insulation voltage, Ui (V) 690 690 690
>Rated short time withstand current, Icw (A) for 1 sec 300 420 800
>Maximum wire size (mm2 rigid / flexible) 4 / 2,5 6 / 4 6 / 6
>Mechanical durability (nb of operations) 800 000 (max. rate 150 per hour)
>Operating temperature limits -20°C to 70°C
>Degree of protection Front
Rear IP 40
IP 2x
Standard circuits diagrams from 16 A, 25 A
up to 32 A
The expertise of a specialist to offer
ready-solutions
mounting
quickly
ÿFINGER PROTECTED
ÿCONFORMING TO STANDARDS
ÿELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
AC21
handle with index
Degree of protection up to IP 20
IEC EN 60947-1
IEC EN 60947-3
UL 508
UL-CSA approved
16 A 25 A 32 A
130
227630
227621
01
No. of
contacts 102
1-2
3-4
X
X1P
5-6
7-8
X
X2P
9-10
11-12
X
X3P
227609
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
227622
01
01
Dimensions (p. 133)
PR ONE cam switches PR ONE cam
>>
>
ON-OFF SWITCHES SELECTOR SWITCHES
From 1 to 3 poles, each pole being a path for the current,
the circuit being open at starting position 0, and closed at
position 1 2-WAY SWITCHES W
3-WAY SWITCHES WI
4-WAY SWITCHES W
From 1 to 3 poles, each pole having two current paths,
open at starting position 0, one path closes on position 1,
the other on position 2
16 A
1P-2 contacts
227609
2P-4 contacts
227610
3P-6 contacts
227611
25 A
1P-2 contacts
227612
2P-4 contacts
227613
3P-6 contacts
227614
32 A
1P-2 contacts
227615
3P-4 contacts
227616
3P-6 contacts
227617
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
227603
No. of
contacts 01
1-2
3-4
X
X
1P
2P
5-6 X3P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
2 to 5-way switches, eac
16 A
1P-1 contact
227600
2P-2 contacts
227601
3P-3 contacts
227602
25 A
1P-1 contact
227603
2P-2 contact
227604
3P-3 contacts
227605
32 A
1P-1 contact
227606
3P-3 contacts
227608
CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITH «OFF» POSITION
131
227630
No. of
contacts 012
1-2
3-4
X
X1P
5-6
7-8
X
X2P
9-10
11-12
X
X3P
227621
No. of
contacts 0123
1-2
3-4
X
X
7-8 X1P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
227622
No. of
contacts 01234
1-2
3-4
X
X
5-6
7-8
X
X1P
4
1
2
31
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Dimensions (p. 133) Dimensions (p. 133)
PR ONE cam switches
>
SELECTOR SWITCHES
2-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
3-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
4-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
227609
227610
227611
227612
227613
227614
227615
227616
227617
16 A
1P-2 contacts
227618
2P-4 contacts
227619
3P-6 contacts
227620
25 A
1P-2 contacts
227624
2P-4 contacts
227625
3P-6 contacts
227626
32 A
1P-2 contacts
227630
3P-4 contacts
227631
3P-6 contacts
227632
16 A
1P-3 contacts
227621
25 A
1P-3 contacts
227627
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
2 to 5-way switches, each pole being respectively from 2 to 5 paths for the current, the starting position is at 0
227600
227601
227602
227603
227604
227605
227606
227608
0
12
0
12
0
12
0
123
0
1234
16 A
1P-4 contacts
227622
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
132
227623
No. of
contacts 012345
1-2
3-4
X
X
5-6
7-8
X
X
9-10 X1P
4
1
2
3
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
227636
16 A
6contacts
227636
16 A
6contacts
227637
No. of
contacts
L3
L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
0
0
L1
N
L2
N
L3
N
1-2
3-4
XXX
XXX
5-6
7-8
X
X
X
9-10
11-12 XX
X
13
24
57
6
9
1
0
11
12
8
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1 L3N
L2N
L1N
227637
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
8
29
Dimensions in mm
*P : 36 (1-2 contac
46 (3-4 contac
56 (5-6 contac
6
P
40x42
PR One 16 A (ie)
111
V
6
2
4
10
L3NL2L1
42
A
L3L2L1
3
10
7
10
11
10
PR One 25 A (ie)
35
Dimensions in mm
*P : 33 (1-2 contac
45 (3-4
contac
57 (5-6 contac
P
48x50
PR One 32 A (ie)
29
ø
Dimensions in mm
*P : 36 (1-2 contac
ts)
51 (3-4 contac
ts)
66 (5-6 contacts)
P
58x53
6
30
ø10
ø4.3
Dimensions (p. 133)
PR ONE cam switches PR ONE cam
>
SELECTOR SWITCHES (CONTINUED)
5-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
Cat. No.
>
INSTRUMENT SWITCHES
VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL
AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
For ammeters wired in 3 CT’s connected into the corresponding circuits. The CT’s can be mounted in series with common point.
For voltmeters wired into 3-phase networks with neutral.
16 A
1P-5 contacts
227623
25 A
1P-5 contacts
227629
0
1234
5
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
2-screw panel mount - interval: 30 mm
L1
L2
L3
0
ÿPANEL CUT-OU
X
X
X
X
XX
XX
XX
XX
>
DIMENSIONS
4
1
2
3
133
227636
227637
29
ø 28.5
Dimensions in mm
*P : 36 (1-2 contacts)
46 (3-4 contacts)
56 (5-6 contacts)
6
P
40x42
48
24.5
6
P
48
42
19.5
40
ø 28.5
11
PR One 16 A (ie)
PR One 25 A (ie)
P
48
6
11
48
27.6
ø 28.5
50
35
ø 28.5
Dimensions in mm
*P : 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
57 (5-6 contacts)
P
48x50
48
32.6
PR One 32 A (ie)
P
611
48
27.6
ø28.5
60
53
29
ø 28.5
Dimensions in mm
*P : 36 (1-2 contacts)
51 (3-4 contacts)
66 (5-6 contacts)
P
58x53
48
32.6
6
30
ø10
ø4.3
Dimensions (p. 133)
PR ONE cam switches
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
point.
227623
227629
ÿPANEL CUT-OUT
>
DIMENSIONS
134
>
ON-OFF SWIT
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NB03AC113
Cam switches
ON-OFF SWITCH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No. of
contacts 01
1-2 X1P
3-4 X2P
5-6 X3P
7-8 X4P
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A4 E Q48PN NB01AQ1
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A4 E Q48PN NB02AQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A4 E Q48PN NB03AQ1
4P - 4 contacts
PR12 1104 A4 E Q48PN NB04AQ1
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A8 E Q48PN NB01EQ1
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A8 E Q48PN NB02EQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A8 E Q48PN NB03EQ1
NB02AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NB03EX80
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
223501
2P - 2 contacts
223502
3P - 3 contacts
223503
4P - 4 contacts
223504
223501
Cat. No.
ø 16 and 22 single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
46 (3-4 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 50 (1-2 contacts)
62 (3-4 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
P
40x42
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
P626
40x42
Ø
30
25
27x28
P
01
*P = Depth *P = Depth
135
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Selector switch style handle
Matt chrome plastic bezel
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A4 E C21RA03 NB01AC113
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A4 E C21RA03 NB02AC113
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A4 E C21RA03 NB03AC113
4P - 4 contacts
PR12 1104 A4 E C21RA03 NB04AC113
NB03AC113
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
NB01AQ1
NB02AQ1
NB03AQ1
NB04AQ1
NB01EQ1
NB02EQ1
NB03EQ1
Cat. No.
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A4 E N48MD50 NB01AX80
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A4 E N48MD50 NB02AX80
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A4 E N48MD50 NB03AX80
4P - 4 contacts
PR12 1104 A4 E N48MD50 NB04AX80
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A8 E N48MD50 NB01EX80
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A8 E N48MD50 NB02EX80
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A8 E N48MD50 NB03EX80
NB03EX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
223501
223502
223503
223504
Cat. No.
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
P26
40x42
Ø30
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
01
*P = Depth
136
26P
22
Ø28
76
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
01
32
Ø2
P
48x50
Cam switches
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
ON-OFF SWIT
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate
1P - 1 contact
PR12 1101 A4 BPRQ48PN NB01AGQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR12 1102 A4 BPRQ48PN NB02AGQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR12 1103 A4 BPRQ48PN NB03AHQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR12 1104 A4 BPRQ48PN NB04AHQ
NB02AGQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 17 -20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR17 1101 A4 E Q48PN SB01AQ1
2P - 2 contacts
PR17 1102 A4 E Q48PN SB02AQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR17 1103 A4 E Q48PN SB03AQ1
4P - 4 contacts
PR17 1104 A4 E Q48PN SB04AQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR17 1103 A8 E Q48PN SB03EQ1
4P - 4 contacts
PR17 1104 A8 E Q48PN SB04EQ1
SB04AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 46 (1-2 contacts)
58 (3-4 contacts)
PR 17 -20 A (AC21)
SB02AXQ
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
PR 21 -25 A (AC21)
TB01AQ1
PR 21 -25 A (AC21)
TB01AXQ
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
137
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
01
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
Cam switches
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
NB01AGQ
NB02AGQ
NB03AHQ
NB04AHQ
Cat. No.
SB01AQ1
SB02AQ1
SB03AQ1
SB04AQ1
SB03EQ1
SB04EQ1
Cat. No.
PR 17 -20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 1 contact
PR17 1101 A4 BCQ3 SB01AXQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR17 1102 A4 BCQ3 SB02AXQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR17 1103 A4 BCQ3 SB03AXQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR17 1104 A4 BCQ3 SB04AXQ
SB02AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 21 -25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR21 1101 A4 E Q48PN TB01AQ1
2P - 2 contacts
PR21 1102 A4 E Q48PN TB02AQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR21 1103 A4 E Q48PN TB03AQ1
4P - 4 contacts
PR21 1104 A4 E Q48PN TB04AQ1
3P - 3 contacts
PR21 1103 A8 E Q48PN TB03EQ1
TB01AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
PR 21 -25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 1 contact
PR21 1101 A4 BCQ3 TB01AXQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR21 1102 A4 BQ3 TB02AXQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR21 1103 A4 BCQ3 TB03AXQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR21 1104 A4 BCQ3 TB04AXQ
TB01AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
138
316
30
Ø28
P
58x53
72
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
01
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 26 -32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR261101A4EQ72MN ZB01AQ7
2P - 2 contacts
PR261102A4EQ72MN ZB02AQ7
3P - 3 contacts
PR26 1103 A4 E Q72MN ZB03AQ7
4P - 4 contacts
PR261104A4EQ72MN ZB04AQ7
3P -3 contacts
PR26 1103 A8 E Q72MN ZB03EQ7
ZB04AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 26 -32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
72 aluminium plate
1P - 1 contact
PR26 1101 A4 BCQ3 ZB01AXQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR26 1102 A4 BCQ3 ZB02AXQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR26 1103 A4 BCQ3 ZB03AXQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR26 1104 A4 BCQ3 ZB04AXQ
ZB02AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 40 -50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR40 1101 A4 E Q72MN HB01AQ7
2P - 2 contacts
PR40 1102 A4 E Q72MN HB02AQ7
3P - 3 contacts
PR40 1103 A4 E Q72MN HB03AQ7
4P - 4 contacts
PR40 1104 A4 E Q72MN HB04AQ7
HB03AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
51 (3-4 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
139
Cam switches
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 40 -50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR40 1101 A4 BCFQ72MN HB01AAQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR40 1102 A4 BCFQ72MN HB02AAQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR40 1103 A4 BCFQ72MN HB03ABQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR40 1104 A4 BCFQ72MN HB04ABQ
HB02AAQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 63 -63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR63 1101 A4 E Q72MN IB01AQ7
2P - 2 contacts
PR63 1102 A4 E Q72MN IB02AQ7
3P - 3 contacts
PR63 1103 A4 E Q72MN IB03AQ7
4P - 4 contacts
PR63 1104 A4 E Q72MN IB04AQ7
IB03AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 -63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR63 1101 A4 BCF140Q72MN IB01AAQ
2P - 2 contacts
PR63 1102 A4 BCF140Q72MN IB02AAQ
3P - 3 contacts
PR63 1103 A4 BCF240Q72MN IB03ABQ
4P - 4 contacts
PR63 1104 A4 BCF240Q72MN IB04ABQ
IB02AAQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
135 x 170
107 31
6
30
Ø28
72
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
135 x 170
107 31
6
30
Ø28
72
*P = Depth
140
37
120
120
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
37
175
120
ON-OFF SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH
>
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
LS3EV733
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 125 -160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR125 1101 A4 E Q96GN LB01AQ9
2P - 2 contacts
PR125 1102 A4 E Q96GN LB02AQ9
3P - 3 contacts
PR125 1103 A4 E Q96GN LB03AQ9
4P - 4 contacts
PR125 1104 A4 E Q96GN LB04AQ9
LB02AQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 1 contact
PR160 1101 A4 E Q96GN MB01AQ9
2P - 2 contacts
PR160 1102 A4 E Q96GN MB02AQ9
3P - 3 contacts
PR160 1103 A4 E Q96GN MB03AQ9
4P - 4 contacts
PR160 1104 A4 E Q96GN MB04AQ9
MB02AQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
LG3EV733
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
No. of
contacts 01
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X3P
7-8 X4P
*P = Depth
141
37120
120
37175
120
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH
>
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN E J723MND61 LS3EV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN E J723MND61 LS4EV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN E J72MND61 LS3EV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN E J72MND61 LS4EV72
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
LS3EV733
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
LB01AQ9
LB02AQ9
LB03AQ9
LB04AQ9
Cat. No.
MB01AQ9
MB02AQ9
MB03AQ9
MB04AQ9
Cat. No.
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 grey frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN E V723MND LG3EV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN E V723MND LG4EV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN E V72MND LG3EV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN E V72MND LG4EV72
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
LG3EV733
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
No. of
contacts 01
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X3P
7-8 X4P
142
37175
120
175
120
175
120
43120
120
>
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH
>
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 yellow frame
Clutch drive and
door interlock
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN SV6 J723MND61 LS3RV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN SV6 J723MND61 LS4RV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN SV6 J72MND61 LS3RV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN SV6 J72MND61 LS4RV72
LS3RV733
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH (
continued
)
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
LG3RV733
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
LS3RV973
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
96 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN E J963GND61 LS3EV973
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN E J963GND61 LS4EV973
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
LS3EV973
143
37175
120
43175
120
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH (
continued
)
>
J723MND61 LS3RV733
J723MND61 LS4RV733
J72MND61 LS3RV72
J72MND61 LS4RV72
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 grey frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN SV6 V723MND LG3RV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN SV6 V723MND LG4RV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN SV6 V72MND LG3RV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN SV6 V72MND LG4RV72
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
LG3RV733
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
96 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR125 1103GN SV6 J963GND61 LS3RV973
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR125 1104GN SV6 J963GND61 LS4RV973
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
LS3RV973
LS3EV973
LS4EV973
Cat. No.
144
37120
120
37120
120
43
120
120
175
120
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH (
continued
)
>>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN E J723MND61 MS3EV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN E J723MND61 MS4EV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN E J72MND61 MS3EV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN E J72MND61 MS4EV72
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
MS3EV733
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 grey frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN E V723MND MG3EV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN E V723MND MG4EV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN E V72MND MG3EV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN E V72MND MG4EV72
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
MG3EV733
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
MS4EV973
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
MS3RV733
145
43120
120
37175
120
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH (
continued
)
MS3EV733
MS4EV733
MS3EV72
MS4EV72
Cat. No.
MG3EV733
MG4EV733
MG3EV72
MG4EV72
Cat. No.
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
96 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN E J963GND61 MS3EV973
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN E J963GND61 MS4EV973
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
MS4EV973
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 yellow frame
Clutch drive and
door interlock
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN SV6 J723MND61 MS3RV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN SV6 J723MND61 MS4RV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN SV6 J72MND61 MS3RV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN SV6 J72MND61 MS4RV72
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
MS3RV733
146
37175
120
43175
120
P626
40x42
Ø2
25
27x28
P
Cam switches
MAIN SWITCH (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
72 grey frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN SV6 V723MND MG3RV733
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN SV6 V723MND MG4RV733
Without engraving
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN SV6 V72MND MG3RV72
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN SV6 V72MND MG4RV72
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
MG4RV733
PR 160 -200 A (AC21)
Designation
Red padlockable handle
for up to 4 padlocks
96 yellow frame
With engraving
MAIN SWITCH
3P+ T- 3 contacts
PR160 1103GN SV6 V963GND61 MS3RV973
3P+N - 4 contacts
PR160 1104GN SV6 V963GND61 MS4RV973
Cat. No.
Rear mounting with clutch drive and door interlock
MS4RV973
CHANGE-OVER
>
No.
contacts 102
1-2 X
3-4 X1P
5-6 X
7-8 X2P
9 -10 X
11 -12 X3P
13 -14 X
15 -16 X4P
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NC02GQ1
MINI CAM SWITCH -
223505
*P = Depth
147
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
12
0
30
25
27x28
P
Characteristics (p. 213)
V723MND MG3RV733
V723MND MG4RV733
MG3RV72
MG4RV72
Cat. No.
ND61 MS3RV973
ND61 MS4RV973
Cat. No.
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
No.
contacts 102
1-2 X
3-4 X1P
5-6 X
7-8 X2P
9 -10 X
11 -12 X3P
13 -14 X
15 -16 X4P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2201 C8 E Q48PN NC01GQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C8 E Q48PN NC02GQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2203 C8 E Q48PN NC03GQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2204 C8 E Q48PN NC04GQ1
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2201 C4 E Q48PN NC01CQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C4 E Q48PN NC02CQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2203 C4 E Q48PN NC03CQ1
NC02GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
223505
2P - 4 contacts
223506
3P - 6 contacts
223507
4P - 8 contacts
223508
223505
Cat. No.
ø 16 and ø 22 mm single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
46 (3-4 contacts)
56 (5-6 contacts)
66 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 50 (1-2 contacts)
62 (3-4 contacts)
74 (5-6 contacts)
96 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
148
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
P26
40x42
Ø30
32
Ø2
P
48x50
26
Ø2
P
120 x 96
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2201 C8 E N48MD50 NC01GX80
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C8 E N48MD50 NC02GX80
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2203 C8 E N48MD50 NC03GX80
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2204 C8 E N48MD50 NC04GX80
NC02GX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
71 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black handle
Matt chrome plastic bezel
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2201 C8 E C21RA03 NC01GC113
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C8 E C21RA03 NC02GC113
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2203 C8 E C21RA03 NC03GC113
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2204 C8 E C21RA03 NC04GC113
NC02GC113
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SC04GQ1
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NC01GXQ
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
71 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
149
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
NC01GX80
NC02GX80
NC03GX80
NC04GX80
Cat. No.
NC01GC113
NC02GC113
NC03GC113
NC04GC113
Cat. No.
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR17 2201 C8 E Q48PN SC01GQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR17 2202 C8 E Q48PN SC02GQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR17 2203 C8 E Q48PN SC03GQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR17 2204 C8 E Q48PN SC04GQ1
SC04GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2201 C8 BCQ3 NC01GXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C8 BCQ3 NC02GXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2203 C8 BCQ3 NC03GXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2204 C8 BCQ3 NC04GXQ
NC01GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
57 (5-6 contacts)
69 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
150
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
26
Ø2
P
120 x 96
316
Ø
P
58x53
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR17 2201 C8 BCQ3 SC01GXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR17 2202 C8 BCQ3 SC02GXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR17 2203 C8 BCQ3 SC03GXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR17 2201 C8 BCQ3 SC04GXQ
SC01GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR21 2201 C8 E Q48PN TC01GQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR21 2202 C8 E Q48PN TC02GQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR21 2203 C8 E Q48PN TC03GQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR21 2204 C8 E Q48PN TC04GQ1
TC02GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
TC03GXQ
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZC02GQ7
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
57 (5-6 contacts)
69 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
151
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
316
30
Ø28
P
58x53
72
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
SC01GXQ
SC02GXQ
SC03GXQ
SC04GXQ
Cat. No.
TC01GQ1
TC02GQ1
TC03GQ1
TC04GQ1
Cat. No.
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR212201C8BCQ3 TC01GXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR21 2202 C8 BCQ3 TC02GXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR21 2203 C8 BCQ3 TC03GXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR21 2204 C8 BCQ3 TC04GXQ
TC03GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR26 2201 C8 E Q72MN ZC01GQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR26 2202 C8 E Q72MN ZC02GQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR26 2203 C8 E Q72MN ZC03GQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR26 2204 C8 E Q72MN ZC04GQ7
ZC02GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
51 (3-4 contacts)
66 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
152
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
135 x 170
P31
6
Ø2
316
Ø
P
Ø80
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR26 2201 C8 BCQ3 ZC01GXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR26 2202 C8 BCQ3 ZC02GXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR26 2203 C8 BCQ3 ZC03GXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR26 2204 C8 BCQ3 ZC04GXQ
ZC04GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7-8 contacts)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR40 2201 C8 E Q72MN HC01GQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR40 2202 C8 E Q72MN HC02GQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR40 2203 C8 E Q72MN HC03GQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR40 2204 C8 E Q72MN HC04GQ7
HC03GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
100 (5-6 contacts)
120 (7-8 contacts)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
HC01GAQ
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
IC02GQ7
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
153
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
ZC01GXQ
ZC02GXQ
ZC03GXQ
ZC04GXQ
Cat. No.
HC01GQ7
HC02GQ7
HC03GQ7
HC04GQ7
Cat. No.
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR40 2201 C8 BCFQ72MN HC01GAQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR40 2202 C8 BCFQ72MN HC02GBQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR40 2203 C8 BCFQ72MN HC03GCQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR40 2204 C8 BCFQ72MN HC04GDQ
HC01GAQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR63 2201 C8 E Q72MN IC01GQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR63 2202 C8 E Q72MN IC02GQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR63 2203 C8 E Q72MN IC03GQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR63 2204 C8 E Q72MN IC04GQ7
IC02GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts)
145 (5 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
100 (5-6 contacts)
120 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
154
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR63 2201 C8 BCFQ72MN IC01GAQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR63 2202 C8 BCFQ72MN IC02GBQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR63 2203 C8 BCFQ72MN IC03GCQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR63 2204 C8 BCFQ72MN IC04GDQ
IC02GBQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Cam switches
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR125 2201 C8 E Q96GN LC01GQ9
2P - 4 contacts
PR125 2202 C8 E Q96GN LC02GQ9
3P - 6 contacts
PR125 2203 C8 E Q96GN LC03GQ9
4P - 8 contacts
PR125 2204 C8 E Q96GN LC04GQ9
LC02GQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts)
145 (5 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
160 (5-6 contacts)
200 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
155
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 160 - 200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR160 2201 C8 E Q96GN MC01GQ9
2P - 4 contacts
PR160 2202 C8 E Q96GN MC02GQ9
3P - 6 contacts
PR160 2203 C8 E Q96GN MC03GQ9
4P - 8 contacts
PR160 2204 C8 E Q96GN MC04GQ9
MC02GQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
160 (5-6 contacts)
200 (7-8 contacts)
*P = Depth
45x70
44
70 max
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Small grey handle
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2202 C8 DF NDF15
NDF15
Cat. No.
Modular in panel DIN rail mounting
156
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
30
25
27x28
P
12
12
P626
40x42
Ø
P
40x42
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION
>
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
No. of
contacts 12
1-2 X
3-4 X 1P
5-6 X
7-8 X 2P
9-10 X
11 -12 X 3P
13 - 14 X
4P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2251 D4 E Q48PN NC51DQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2252 D4 E Q48PN NC52DQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2253 D4 E Q48PN NC53DQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2254 D4 E Q48PN NC54DQ1
NC53DQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
223511
2P - 4 contacts
223512
3P - 6 contacts
223513
4P - 8 contacts
223514
223511
Cat. No.
ø 16 and ø 22 mm single hole front mounting
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NC53DX80
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NC52DC113
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
46 (3-4 contacts)
56 (5-6 contacts)
66 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 50 (1-2 contacts)
62 (3-4 contacts)
74 (5-6 contacts)
86 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
157
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
12
P26
40x42
Ø30
12
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
NC51DQ1
NC52DQ1
NC53DQ1
NC54DQ1
Cat. No.
223511
223512
223513
223514
Cat. No.
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2251 D4 E N48MD50 NC51DX80
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2252 D4 E N48MD50 NC52DX80
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2253 D4 E N48MD50 NC53DX80
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2254 D4 E N48MD50 NC54DX80
NC53DX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black handle
Matt chrome plastic bezel
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2251 D4 E C21RA03 NC51DC113
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2252 D4 E C21RA03 NC52DC113
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2253 D4 E C21RA03 NC53DC113
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2254 D4 E C21RA03 NC54DC113
NC52DC113
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
71 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (1-2 contacts)
61 (3-4 contacts)
71 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
158
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
12
32
Ø2
P
48x50
26
Ø2
P
120 x 96
12
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
CHANGE-OVER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR12 2251 D4 BCQ3 NC51DXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR12 2252 D4 BCQ3 NC52DXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR12 2253 D4 BCQ3 NC53DXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR12 2254 D4 BCQ3 NC54DXQ
NC51DXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR17 2251 D4 E Q48PN SC51DQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR17 2252 D4 E Q48PN SC52DQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR17 2253 D4 E Q48PN SC53DQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR17 2254 D4 E Q48PN SC54DQ1
SC52DQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
TC51DQ1
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SC51DXQ
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
57 (5-6 contacts)
69 (7-8 contacts)
*P = Depth *P = Depth
159
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
12
12
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
NC51DXQ
NC52DXQ
NC53DXQ
NC54DXQ
Cat. No.
SC51DQ1
SC52DQ1
SC53DQ1
SC54DQ1
Cat. No.
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR21 2251 D4 E Q48PN TC51DQ1
2P - 4 contacts
PR21 2252 D4 E Q48PN TC52DQ1
3P - 6 contacts
PR21 2253 D4 E Q48PN TC53DQ1
4P - 8 contacts
PR21 2254 D4 E Q48PN TC54DQ1
TC51DQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR17 2251 D4 BCQ3 SC51DXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR17 2252 D4 BCQ3 SC52DXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR17 2253 D4 BCQ3 SC53DXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR17 2254 D4 BCQ3 SC54DXQ
SC51DXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 33 (1-2 contacts)
45 (3-4 contacts)
57 (5-6 contacts)
69 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth
160
316
Ø
P
Ø80
26
Ø2
P
120 x 96
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
316
30
Ø28
P
58 x 53
72
12
12
Cam switches
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZC51DXQ
CHANGE-OVER
>
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
HC52DQ7
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR21 2251 D4 BCQ3 TC51DXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR21 2252 D4 BCQ3 TC52DXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR21 2253 D4 BCQ3 TC53DXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR21 2254 D4 BCQ3 TC54DXQ
TC53DXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR26 2251 D4 E Q72MN ZC51DQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR26 2252 D4 E Q72MN ZC52DQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR26 2253 D4 E Q72MN ZC53DQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR26 2254 D4 E Q72MN ZC54DQ7
ZC52DQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 6 contacts)
101 (7 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 36 (1-2 contacts)
51 (3-4 contacts)
66 (5-6 contacts)
81 (7-8 contacts)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
*P = Depth *P = Depth
161
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
12
12
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
Cam switches
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P - 2 contacts
PR26 2251 D4 BCQ3 ZC51DXQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR26 2252 D4 BCQ3 ZC52DXQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR26 2253 D4 BCQ3 ZC53DXQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR26 2254 D4 BCQ3 ZC54DXQ
ZC51DXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR40 2251 D4 E Q72MN HC51DQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR40 2252 D4 E Q72MN HC52DQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR40 2253 D4 E Q72MN HC53DQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR40 2254 D4 E Q72MN HC54DQ7
HC52DQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (1 to 4 contacts)
101 (5 to 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
100 (5-6 contacts)
120 (7-8 contacts)
TC51DXQ
TC52DXQ
TC53DXQ
TC54DXQ
Cat. No.
ZC51DQ7
ZC52DQ7
ZC53DQ7
ZC54DQ7
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 213)
*P = Depth
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
12
12
316
Ø4
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82 135 x 170
P31
6
Ø2
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR40 2251 D4 BCF Q72MN HC51DAQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR40 2252 D4 BCF Q72MN HC52DBQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR40 2253 D4 BCF Q72MN HC53DCQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR40 2254 D4 BCF Q72MN HC54DDQ
HC52DBQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR63 2251 D4 E Q72MN IC51DQ7
2P - 4 contacts
PR63 2252 D4 E Q72MN IC52DQ7
3P - 6 contacts
PR63 2253 D4 E Q72MN IC53DQ7
4P - 8 contacts
PR63 2254 D4 E Q72MN IC54DQ7
IC51DQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts)
145 (5 à 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 60 (1-2 contacts)
80 (3-4 contacts)
100 (5-6 contacts)
120 (7-8 contacts)
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
LC52DQ9
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
IC52DBQ
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
*P = Depth *P = Depth
>
162
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
12
12
Cam switches
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
HC51DAQ
HC52DBQ
HC53DCQ
HC54DDQ
Cat. No.
IC51DQ7
IC52DQ7
IC53DQ7
IC54DQ7
Cat. No.
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR125 2251 D4 E Q96GN LC51DQ9
2P - 4 contacts
PR125 2252 D4 E Q96GN LC52DQ9
3P - 6 contacts
PR125 2253 D4 E Q96GN LC53DQ9
4P - 8 contacts
PR125 2254 D4 E Q96GN LC54DQ9
LC52DQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR63 2251 D4 BCF Q72MN IC51DAQ
2P - 4 contacts
PR63 2252 D4 BCF Q72MN IC52DBQ
3P - 6 contacts
PR63 2253 D4 BCF Q72MN IC53DCQ
4P - 8 contacts
PR63 2254 D4 BCF Q72MN IC54DDQ
IC52DBQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (1 to 4 contacts)
145 (5 à 8 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
160 (5-6 contacts)
200 (7-8 contacts)
*P = Depth
>
163
CHANGE-OVER SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
3 PHASE MOTOR
No. of
contacts REV 0 FWD
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 XX
PR 160 - 200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P - 2 contacts
PR160 2251 D4 E Q96GN MC51DQ9
2P - 4 contacts
PR160 2252 D4 E Q96GN MC52DQ9
3P - 6 contacts
PR160 2253 D4 E Q96GN MC53DQ9
4P - 8 contacts
PR160 2254 D4 E Q96GN MC54DQ9
MC52DQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NZ11GQ1
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NZ11GXQ
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (1-2 contacts)
120 (3-4 contacts)
160 (5-6 contacts)
200 (7-8 contacts)
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
56 626
40x42
Ø2
12
26
Ø2
77
120 x 96
*P = Depth
>
164
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED
No. of
contacts REV 0 FWD
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 XX
MC51DQ9
MC52DQ9
MC53DQ9
MC54DQ9
Cat. No.
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 4 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR12 9151 C8 E Q48PN NZ11GQ1
NZ11GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 4 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR12 9151 C8 BCQ3 NZ11GXQ
NZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
L1L2L3
15
2
W2
W1 U2
V2
10 4
V1
U1
9
13
24
57
6
9
10
8
56 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
AR AV
0
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
AR AV
0
>
165
32
Ø2
P
48x50
26
Ø2
77
120 x 96
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
AR AV
0
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
AR AV
0
Cam switches
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
TZ11GQ1
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
TZ11GXQ
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR17 9151 C8 E Q48PN SZ11GQ1
SZ11GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR17 9151 C8 BCQ3 SZ11GXQ
SZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
>
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (
continued
)
>
3 PHASE MOTOR
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
166
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
AR AV
0
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
AR AV
0
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR21 9151 C8 E Q48PN TZ11GQ1
TZ11GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR21 9151 C8 BCQ3 TZ11GXQ
TZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Characteristics (p. 213)
SZ11GQ1
Cat. No.
SZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
>
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (
continued
)
167
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
316
30
Ø28
66
58x53
72
AR AV
0
AR AV
0
316
Ø
100
Ø80
135 x 170
145 31
6
Ø2
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 11 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR26 9151 C8 BCQ3 ZZ11GXQ
ZZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Cam switches
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 11 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR26 9151 C8 E Q72MN ZZ11GQ7
ZZ11GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
>
3 PHASE MOTOR
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
HZ11GQ7
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
HZ11GCQ
>
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (
continued
)
168
316
30
Ø28
100
Ø80
72
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
AR AV
0
AR AV
0
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
ZZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Cam switches
ZZ11GQ7
Cat. No.
>
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (
continued
)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR40 9151 C8 E Q72MN HZ11GQ7
HZ11GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR40 9151 C8 BCF Q72MN HZ11GCQ
HZ11GCQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
169
316
30
Ø28
100
Ø80
72
AR AV
0
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
AR AV
0
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR63 9151 C8 E Q72MN IZ11GQ7
IZ11GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
5contacts
PR63 9151 C8 BCF Q72MN IZ11GXQ
IZ11GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
>
3 PHASE MOTOR SWITCH, FORWARD/REVERSE, 1 SPEED (
continued
)
170
171
76 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
L1L2L3
15
9
Z
W
2
U
X
Y
19 4 15
16
V
20
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
13 15
14 16
17 19
18 2 0
8
0
∆
YY
∆
1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 4 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR12 9153 C8 E Q48PN NZ13GQ1
NZ13GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
No. of
contacts
REV FWD
iY0iY
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 XX
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 XX
9 - 10 XX
11 - 12 XX
13 - 14 XX
15 - 16 XX
17 - 18 XX
19 - 20 XX XX
172
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
0
∆
YY
∆
32
22
Ø28
81
48x50
0
∆
YY
∆
26
Ø2
101
120 x 96
32
Ø2
81
48x50
Cam switches
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 4 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR12 9153 C8 BCQ3 NZ13GXQ
NZ13GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 17 -20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR17 9153 C8 E Q48PN SZ13GQ1
SZ13GQ1
Cat. No.
2-crew panel mount – interval: 30 mm
>
1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
>
1 SPEED STARTER,
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SZ13GXQ
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
TZ13GQ1
173
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
0
∆
YY
∆
32
22
Ø28
81
48x50
0
∆
YY
∆
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)Characteristics (p. 213)
NZ13GXQ
Cat. No.
SZ13GQ1
Cat. No.
>
1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR17 9153 C8 BCQ3 SZ13GXQ
SZ13GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR21 9153 C8 E Q48PN TZ13GQ1
TZ13GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
174
316
Ø
140
Ø80
316
Ø
140
Ø80
316
30
Ø28
96
58x53
72
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
0
∆
YY
∆
0
∆
YY
∆
Cam switches
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
HZ13GQ7
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
IZ13GQ7
>
1 SPEED STARTER,
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 11 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR26 9153 C8 E Q72MN ZZ13GQ7
ZZ13GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR219153C8BCQ3 TZ13GXQ
TZ13GXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
>
1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
175
316
30
Ø28
140
Ø80
72
0
∆
YY
∆
316
30
Ø28
140
Ø80
72
0
∆
YY
∆
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR40 9153 C8 E Q72MN HZ13GQ7
HZ13GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
10 contacts
PR63 9153 C8 E Q72MN IZ13GQ7
IZ13GQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
>
1 SPEED STARTER, FORWARD/REVERSE - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
Characteristics (p. 213)
ZZ13GQ7
Cat. No.
TZ13GXQ
Cat. No.
176
32
Ø
69
48x50
26
Ø2
101
120 x 96
L1L2L3
112
4
W2
W1
2
U1
U2
V2
14 15 11
6
V1
13
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
13 15
14 16
8
66 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 4 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR12 9551 B4 E Q48PN NZ51BQ1
NZ51BQ1
Cat. No.
2- screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 4 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR12 9551 B4 BCQ3 NZ51BXQ
NZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SZ51BQ1
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SZ51BXQ
>
1 SPEED STARTER,
No. of
contacts 0Yi
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 X
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 XX
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 XX
15 - 16 XX
177
32
22
Ø28
69
48x50
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Characteristics (p. 213)Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
NZ51BQ1
Cat. No.
NZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR17 9551 B4 E Q48PN SZ51BQ1
SZ51BQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR17 9551 B4 BCQ3 SZ51BXQ
SZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
>
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
178
32
22
Ø28
69
48x50
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
26
Ø2
101
120 x 96
316
Ø
81
58x53
Cam switches
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
>
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
>
1 SPEED STARTER,
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR21 9551 B4 E Q48PN TZ51BQ1
TZ51BQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR219551B4BCQ3 TZ51BXQ
TZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZZ51BXQ
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZZ51BQ7
179
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
316
30
Ø28
81
58x53
72
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)Characteristics (p. 213)
>
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
TZ51BQ1
Cat. No.
TZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 11 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR26 9551 B4 BCQ3 ZZ51BXQ
ZZ51BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 11 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR26 9551 B4 E Q72MN ZZ51BQ7
ZZ51BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
180
31
6
30
Ø28
120
Ø80
72
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
31
6
Ø
120
Ø80
135 x 170
145 31
6
Ø2
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
Cam switches
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR40 9551 B4 E Q72MN HZ51BQ7
HZ51BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR40 9551 B4 BCF Q72MN HZ51BDQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
HZ51BDQ
>
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
IZ51BQ7
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
HZ51BDQ
>
1 SPEED STARTER,
181
31
6
30
Ø28
120
Ø80
72
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Y
∆0
Characteristics (p. 213)Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
HZ51BQ7
Cat. No.
HZ51BDQ
Cat. No.
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR63 9551 B4 E Q72MN IZ51BQ7
IZ51BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR63 9551 B4 BCF Q72MN IZ51BDQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
HZ51BDQ
>
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR (
continued
)
182
11 2 4
1U
2V1W 1V
2U 2W
15 7
9
L1L2L 3
11214
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
13 15
14 16
8
66 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
32
Ø
69
48x50
26
Ø2
101
120 x 96
Cam switches
Cam switches
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 4 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR12 9552 B4 E Q48PN NZ52BQ1
8contacts
PR12 9552 C4 E Q48PN NZ52CQ1
NZ52CQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 4 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR12 9552 B4 BCQ3 NZ52BXQ
8 contacts
PR12 9552 C4 BCQ3 NZ52CXQ
NZ52CXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SZ52BQ1
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SZ52BXQ
>
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY
No. of
contacts LS 0 HS
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
5 - 6 X
7 - 8 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
No. of
contacts 0LSHS
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
5 - 6 X
7 - 8 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
183
32
22
Ø28
69
48x50
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
NZ52BQ1
NZ52CQ1
Cat. No.
NZ52BXQ
NZ52CXQ
Cat. No.
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR17 9552 B4 E Q48PN SZ52BQ1
8contacts
PR17 9552 C4 E Q48PN SZ52CQ1
SZ52BQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR17 9552 B4 BCQ3 SZ52BXQ
8contacts
PR17 9552 C4 BCQ3 SZ52CXQ
SZ52BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
>
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (
continued
)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
184
32
22
Ø28
69
48x50
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
316
Ø
81
58x53
26
Ø2
101
120 x 96
Cam switches
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY
>
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR21 9552 B4 E Q48PN TZ52BQ1
8 contacts
PR21 9552 C4 E Q48PN TZ52CQ1
TZ52BQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 7.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR21 9552 B4 BCQ3 TZ52BXQ
8contacts
PR219552C4BCQ3 TZ52CXQ
TZ52BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZZ52BQ7
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZZ52BXQ
>
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (
continued
)
185
316
30
Ø28
81
58x53
72
26
22
Ø28
101
120 x 96
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
Cam switches
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)Characteristics (p. 213)
TZ52BQ1
TZ52CQ1
Cat. No.
TZ52BXQ
TZ52CXQ
Cat. No.
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 11 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR26 9552 B4 E Q72MN ZZ52BQ7
8contacts
PR26 9552 C4 E Q72MN ZZ52CQ7
ZZ52BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
P= 11 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR26 9552 B4 BCQ3 ZZ52BXQ
8contacts
PR26 9552 C4 BCQ3 ZZ52CXQ
ZZ52BXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
186
31
6
30
Ø28
120
Ø80
72
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
>
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (
continued
)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
8 contacts
PR40 9552 B4 E Q72MN HZ52BQ7
8contacts
PR40 9552 C4 E Q72MN HZ52CQ7
HZ52BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 18.5 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR40 9552 B4 BCF Q72MN HZ52BDQ
8 contacts
PR40 9552 C4 BCF Q72MN HZ52CDQ
HZ52BDQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
187
31
6
30
Ø28
120
Ø80
72
135 x 170
145 31
6
30
Ø28
72
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
PV
GV
0
0
GVPV
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
>
2 SPEEDS, 1 WAY – 3 PHASE DALHANDER MOTOR (
continued
)
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR63 9552 B4 E Q72MN IZ52BQ7
8 contacts
PR63 9552 C4 E Q72MN IZ52CQ7
IZ52BQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
P= 22 kW in 400 V
8contacts
PR63 9552 B4 BCF Q72MN IZ52BDQ
8 contacts
PR63 9552 C4 BCF Q72MN IZ52CDQ
IZ52BDQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
188
L3L2L1
3
10
7
10
11
10
42
A
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
8
56 626
40x42
Ø2
71 626
42x40
Ø2
30
25
28x27
74
L1
L2
L3
0
Cam switches
AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9-10 XX
11 - 12 XX
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY11AQ1
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY11AX80
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
6 contacts
223529
223529
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
>
AMMETER SW
189
56 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
71 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
L1
L2
L3
0
L1
L2
L3
0
Cam switches
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
6 contacts
PR12 8151 A4 E Q48PN NY11AQ1
NY11AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
6 contacts
PR12 8151 A4 E N48MD50 NY11AX80
NY11AX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
223529
Cat. No.
>
AMMETER SWITCH, 3 CTS WITH COMMON POINT (
continued
)
190
76 626
42x40
Ø2
91 626
42x40
Ø2
A
3
2
11
12
15
14
L3L 2L1
54
13
24
57
6
9
1
0
11
12
13
15
14
17
18
16
8
76 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
L1
L2
L3
0
L1
L2
L3
0
91 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
AMMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT CT
>
AMMETER SW
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY17AQ1
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY17AX80
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
9 contacts
PR12 8164 A4 E Q48PN NY14AQ1
NY14AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
9 contacts
PR12 8164 A4 E N48MD50 NY14AX80
NY14AX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1 - 2
3 - 4
5 - 6
7 - 8
9 - 10
11 - 12
13 - 14
15 - 16
17 - 18
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1 - 2
3 - 4
5 - 6
7 - 8
9 - 10
11 - 12
13 - 14
15 - 16
17 - 18
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
191
A
3
2
11
12
15
16
L 3L 2L1
54
13
24
57
6
9
1
0
11
12
13
15
14
16
19
20
8
76 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
91 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
L1
L2
L3
0
L1
L2
L3
0
AMMETER SWITCH WITHOUT COMMON POINT
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
9 contacts
PR12 8157 A4 E Q48PN NY17AQ1
NY17AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3 wires, 1 ammeter
9 contacts
PR12 8157 A4 E N48MD50 NY17AX80
NY17AX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
NY14AQ1
Cat. No.
NY14AX80
Cat. No.
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1 - 2
3 - 4
5 - 6
7 - 8
9 - 10
11 - 12
13 - 14
15 - 16
17 - 18
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
192
6
2
4
L3L2L1
17
13
24
57
68
V
46 626
42x40
Ø2
61 626
42x40
Ø
30
25
28x27
62
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT NEUTRAL
>
Cam switches
VOLTMETER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY31AQ1
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY31AX80
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase without neutral
1 voltmeter
4contacts
223527
223527
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
No. of
contacts 0 L1 L2 L3
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 X
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 X
193
46 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
61 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
Cam switches
VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITHOUT NEUTRAL (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase without neutral
1 voltmeter
4 contacts
PR12 8351 A4 E Q48PN NY31AQ1
NY31AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase without neutral
1 voltmeter
4 contacts
PR12 8351 A4 E N48MD50 NY31AX80
NY31AX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
223527
Cat. No.
194
71 626
42x40
Ø2
45x70
44
70 max
6
2
4
10
L3NL2L1
111
13
24
57
6
9
1
0
11
12
8
V
56 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1 L3N
L2N
L1N
30
25
28x27
74
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1 L3N
L2N
L1N
VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL
>
VOLTMETER
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NY37GX80
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NDF03
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase with neutral,
1 voltmeter
6 contacts
PR12 8357 C8 E Q48PN NY37GQ1
NY37GQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase with neutral,
1 voltmeter
6 contacts
223528
223528
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
No. of
contacts
L3 L2 L1 0 L1 L2 L3
L1 L2 L3 0 N N N
1 - 2 XXX
3 - 4 XXX
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 XX
195
71 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
45x70
44
70 max
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1 L3N
L2N
L1N
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1 L3N
L2N
L1N
VOLTMETER SWITCH, WITH NEUTRAL (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1 network, 3-phase with neutral,
1 voltmeter
6 contacts
PR12 8357 C8 E N48MD50 NY37GX80
NY37GX80
Cat. No.
ø22 single hole front mounting
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Small grey handle
1 network, 3-phase with neutral,
1 voltmeter
6 contacts
PR12 8357 C8 DF NDF03
NDF03
Cat. No.
Modular in panel DIN rail mounting
NY37GQ1
Cat. No.
223528
Cat. No.
196
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 15
16
19
20
30
25
27x28
P
0
1
2
3
P626
40x42
Ø
P626
40x42
Ø2
Cam switches
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
223521
2P -6 contacts
223522
3P -9 contacts
223523
223522
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 213)
>
3-WAY SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION
Dimensions in mm
*P: 62 (3 contacts)
74 (6 contacts)
95 (9 contacts)
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM
>
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
ND02AX80
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
ND03AQ1
*P = Depth *P = Depth
No. of
contacts 0123
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
7 - 8 X
5 - 6 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
19 - 20 X
1P
2P
3P
197
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
223521
223522
223523
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR12 2301 A4 E N48MD50 ND01AX80
2P - 6 contacts
PR12 2302 A4 E N48MD50 ND02AX80
3P - 9 contacts
PR12 2303 A4 E N48MD50 ND03AX80
ND02AX80
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR12 2301 A4 E Q48PN ND01AQ1
2P - 6 contacts
PR12 2302 A4 E Q48PN ND02AQ1
3P - 9 contacts
PR12 2303 A4 E Q48PN ND03AQ1
ND03AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 46 (3 contacts)
56 (6 contacts)
76 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 61 (3 contacts)
71 (6 contacts)
91 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth
198
P26
40x42
Ø30
32
Ø2
P
48x50
26
Ø2
77
120 x 96
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
With selector switch style handle
Matt chrome plastic bezel
1P -3 contacts
PR12 2301 A4 E C21RA03 ND01AC113
2P - 6 contacts
PR12 2302 A4 E C21RA03 ND02AC113
3P - 9 contacts
PR12 2303 A4 E C21RA03 ND03AC113
ND01AC113
Cat. No.
ø 22 single hole front mounting PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SD03AQ1
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
SD02AXQ
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P -3 contacts
PR12 2301 A4 BCQ3 ND01AXQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR12 2302 A4 BCQ3 ND02AXQ
3P - 9 contacts
PR12 2303 A4 BCQ3 ND03AXQ
ND02AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 61 (3 contacts)
71 (6 contacts)
91 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts)
101 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth *P = Depth
199
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
ND01AC113
ND02AC113
ND03AC113
Cat. No.
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR17 2301 A4 E Q48PN SD01AQ1
2P - 6 contacts
PR17 2302 A4 E Q48PN SD02AQ1
3P - 9 contacts
PR17 2303 A4 E Q48PN SD03AQ1
SD03AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 17 - 20 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P -3 contacts
PR17 2301 A4 BCQ3 SD01AXQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR17 2302 A4 BCQ3 SD02AXQ
3P - 9 contacts
PR17 2303 A4 BCQ3 SD03AXQ
SD02AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
ND01AXQ
ND02AXQ
ND03AXQ
Cat. No.
Dimensions in mm
*P: 45 (3 contacts)
57 (6 contacts)
81 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts)
101 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth
200
26
22
Ø28
77
120 x 96
316
Ø
P
58x53
26
Ø2
P
120 x 96
0
1
2
3
32
22
Ø28
P
48x50
0
1
2
3
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P -3 contacts
PR21 2301 A4 BCQ3 TD01AXQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR21 2302 A4 BCQ3 TD02AXQ
3P - 9 contacts
PR21 2303 A4 BCQ3 TD03AXQ
TD01AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZD02AQ7
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
ZD01AXQ
PR 21 - 25 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR21 2301 A4 E Q48PN TD01AQ1
2P - 6 contacts
PR21 2302 A4 E Q48PN TD02AQ1
3P - 9 contacts
PR21 2303 A4 E Q48PN TD03AQ1
TD02AQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 45 (3 contacts)
57 (6 contacts)
81 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (3 to 6 contacts)
101 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth *P = Depth
201
316
30
Ø28
P
58x53
72
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
TD01AXQ
TD02AXQ
TD03AXQ
Cat. No.
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR26 2301 A4 E Q72MN ZD01AQ7
2P - 6 contacts
PR26 2302 A4 E Q72MN ZD02AQ7
3P - 9 contacts
PR26 2303 A4 E Q72MN ZD03AQ7
ZD02AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 26 - 32 A (AC21)
Designation
Black small handle
64 aluminium plate
1P -3 contacts
PR26 2301 A4 BCQ3 ZD01AXQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR26 2302 A4 BCQ3 ZD02AXQ
ZD01AXQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
TD01AQ1
TD02AQ1
TD03AQ1
Cat. No.
Dimensions in mm
*P: 51 (3 contacts)
66 (6 contacts)
96 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 77 (3 contacts)
101 (6 contacts)
*P = Depth
202
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
0
1
2
3
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
0
1
2
3
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR40 2301 A4 BCF Q72MN HD01ABQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR40 2302 A4 BCF Q72MN HD02ACQ
HD01ABQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
PR 40 - 50 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR40 2301 A4 E Q72MN HD01AQ7
2P - 6 contacts
PR40 2302 A4 E Q72MN HD02AQ7
3P - 9 contacts
PR40 2303 A4 E Q72MN HD03AQ7
HD02AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (3 contacts)
100 (6 contacts)
140 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (3 contacts)
145 (6 contacts)
*P = Depth
203
316
30
Ø28
P
Ø80
72
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Cam switches
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR63 2301 A4 E Q72MN ID01AQ7
2P - 6 contacts
PR63 2302 A4 E Q72MN ID02AQ7
3P - 9 contacts
PR63 2303 A4 E Q72MN ID03AQ7
ID01AQ7
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 63 - 63 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black medium handle
72 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR63 2301 A4 BCF Q72MN ID01ABQ
2P - 6 contacts
PR63 2302 A4 BCF Q72MN ID02ACQ
ID01ABQ
Cat. No.
Enclosure
Dimensions in mm
*P: 80 (3 contacts)
100 (6 contacts)
140 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 107 (3 contacts)
145 (6 contacts)
*P = Depth
204
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
0
1
2
3
316
34
Ø42
Ø80
P
120 x 70
82
96
0
1
2
3
25
27x28
P
P626
40x42
Ø2
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
ND51EQ1
Cam switches
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITH “OFF” POSITION (
continued
)
>
3-WAY CAM
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 125 - 160 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR125 2301 A4 E Q96GN LD01AQ9
2P - 6 contacts
PR125 2302 A4 E Q96GN LD02AQ9
3P - 9 contacts
PR125 2303 A4 E Q96GN LD03AQ9
LD02AQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
PR 160 - 200 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black large handle
96 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR160 2301 A4 E Q96GN MD01AQ9
2P - 6 contacts
PR160 2302 A4 E Q96GN MD02AQ9
3P - 9 contacts
PR160 2303 A4 E Q96GN MD03AQ9
MD01AQ9
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount - interval: 50 mm
MINI CAM SWITCH -
223516
Dimensions in mm
*P: 120 (3 contacts)
160 (6 contacts)
240 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 120 (3 contacts)
160 (6 contacts)
240 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth *P = Depth
1P
2P
No. of
contacts 123
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
7 - 8 X
5 - 6 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
19 - 20 X
205
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1
3
2
30
25
27x28
P
1
3
2
P626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
Cam switches
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
PR12 2351 A8 E Q48PN ND51EQ1
2P -6 contacts
PR12 2352 A8 E Q48PN ND52EQ1
3P -9 contacts
PR12 2353 A8 E Q48PN ND53EQ1
ND51EQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
3-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
LD01AQ9
LD02AQ9
LD03AQ9
Cat. No.
MD01AQ9
MD02AQ9
MD03AQ9
Cat. No.
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P -3 contacts
223515
2P -6 contacts
223516
3P -9 contacts
223517
223516
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 46 (3 contacts)
56 (6 contacts)
76 (9 contacts)
Dimensions in mm
*P: 50 (3 contacts)
74 (6 contacts)
95 (9 contacts)
*P = Depth
1P
2P
3P
No. of
contacts 123
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
7 - 8 X
5 - 6 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
19 - 20 X
206
46 626
42x40
Ø2
30
25
27x28
P
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 15
16
14
Cam switches
4-WAY CAM SWITCHES WITHOUT “OFF” POSITION
>
Cam switches
CODING SW
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NR51UQ1
MINI CAM SWITCH - 10 A (AC21)
30 aluminium plate and frame
1P -4 contacts
223525
2P -8 contacts
223526
223525
Cat. No.
ø 16 or 22 single hole front mounting
Dimensions in mm
*P: 62 (4 contacts)
86 (8 contacts)
*P = Depth
4
1
2
3
2P
1P
No. of
contacts 1234
1 - 2 X
3 - 4 X
5 - 6 X
7 - 8 X
9 - 10 X
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X
15 - 16 X
No. of
contacts 0123
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 XX
5 - 6
7 - 8
207
46 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
13
24
57
68
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Cam switches
CODING SWITCH WITH “OFF”
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
4 contacts
PR12 6501 A1 E Q48PN NR51UQ1
NR51UQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
223525
223526
Cat. No.
No. of
contacts
Positions
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1 - 2 XXXXXX
3 - 4 XX XX XX
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 XX
208
46 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
46 626
42x40
Ø2
13
24
57
68
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
>
Cam switches
CODING SW
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Cam switches
CODING SWITCH WITHOUT “OFF”
>
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
4 contacts
PR12 6502 A1 E Q48PN NR52UQ1
NR52UQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NR53UQ1
No. of
contacts
Positions
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 - 2 XXXXXX
3 - 4 XX XX XX
5 - 6 XX X
7 - 8 XX
No. of
contacts 0123
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 XX
5 - 6
7 - 8
209
46 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
13
24
57
68
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Cam switches
CODING SWITCH (COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE, 0TO 9)
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
NR52UQ1
Cat. No.
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
With complete rotation possible
4 contacts
PR12 6503 A1 E Q48PN NR53UQ1
NR53UQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
No. of
contacts
Positions
0123456789
1 - 2 XXXXX
3 - 4 XX XX
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 XX
210
46 626
42x40
22
Ø28
48
66 626
40x42
Ø2
012
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
24
57
68
COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE, 0TO 9
>
Cam switches
BCD CODE, 0
>
Characteristics (p. 213)
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
With complete rotation possible
4contacts
PR12 6504 A1 E Q48PN NR54UQ1
NR54UQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
NR55UQ1
Cam switches
No. of
contacts
Positions
0123456789
1 - 2 XXXXX
3 - 4 XX XX XX
5 - 6 XX XX
7 - 8 XX
No. of
contacts 0123
1 - 2 XX
3 - 4 XX
5 - 6
7 - 8
9 - 10 XX
11 - 12 XX
13 - 14 XX
15 - 16 X
211
66 626
40x42
22
Ø28
48
012
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
13 15
14 16
8
Cam switches
BCD CODE, 0TO 9, + COMPLEMENTARY BCD CODE
>
Characteristics (p. 213) Characteristics (p. 213)
NR54UQ1
Cat. No.
PR 12 - 16 A (AC21)
Designation
Grey/black small handle
48 aluminium plate and frame
With complete rotation possible
8 contacts
PR12 6505 A1 E Q48PN NR55UQ1
NR55UQ1
Cat. No.
2-screw panel mount – interval: 30 mm
No. of
contacts
Positions
0123456789
1 - 2 XXXXX
3 - 4 XX XX
5 - 6 XX
7 - 8 XX
9 - 10 XXXXX
11 - 12 XX XX XX
13 - 14 XX XX
15 - 16 XX
212
Cam switches
ACCESSORIES
>
FIXING TOOL
For mini cam switches
223520
223520
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 213)
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
FIXING TOOL
Fixing tool for PR 12 cam switches
ø 22 single hole front mounting
LWA0234
Cat. No.
LWA0234
Technical
MINI CAM SWITCHES
>
Characteristics
>
Thermal current
>
Rated operating
-inAC2
-inAC1
>
Motor performance
-3x230V
-3x40
>
Motor performance
-1x230V
-1x40
-3x230V
-3x40
>
Rated insulation
>
Rated operating
L/R < 1ms
-24VD
-40VD
-60VD
- 110 V D
- 220 V D
>
Rated conditional
>
Max. fuse rating
>
Degree of protec
>
Wire size (flexibl
>
Operating temperature
>
Standards
CAM SWITCHES
>
Characteristics
>
For thermal curre
>
Rated operating c
(IEC 60 947-3)
Switching of resistive
including mode
>
Rated operating c
(IEC 60 947-3)
Control of
electromagnetic
213
223520
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 213)
LWA0234
Cat. No.
Technical characteristics
MINI CAM SWITCHES
>
Characteristics Data
>
Thermal current Ith
10 A
>
Rated operating current Ie
-inAC21 10A
-inAC15
2.5 A
>
Motor performance in AC-3
-3x230V
1.8 kW
-3x400V
2.2 kW
>
Motor performance in AC-23
-1x230V
0.75 kW
-1x400V
1.1 kW
-3x230V
1.8 kW
-3x400V
3kW
>
Rated insulation voltage Ui(V)
500 V
>
Rated operating current in DC-1
L/R < 1ms
-24VDC
10 A
-40VDC
6A
-60VDC
2.5 A
- 110 V DC
0.7 A
- 220 V DC
0.3 A
>
Rated conditional short-circuit current
3kA
>
Max. fuse rating
10 A
>
Degree of protection
IP 65
IP 2x
at the rear of the panel
>
Wire size (flexible and rigid)
2x1.5
mm2max.
1x0.5
mm2min.
>
Operating temperature
-20°C
to
+ 50°C
>
Standards
IEC 60947-1
IEC 60947-3
CSA 22.2
UL 508
CAM SWITCHES
>
Characteristics PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160
>
For thermal current Ith Ic(A)
20 25 32 40 63 63 200 250
>
Rated operating current for AC-21 A Ie(A)
(IEC 60 947-3)
Switching of resistive loads
including moderate overloads
16 20 25 32 50 63 160 200
>
Rated operating current for AC-15 A Ie(A) at 230V AC
(IEC 60 947-3)
Control of
electromagnetic loads
6 8 10 12
-- - -
214
SELECTOR SWITCHES
>
Characteristics PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160
>
Performance in AC 23 (kW)
(IEC 60 947-3)
Switching of motors or other
highly inductive loads
-
3 x 230 V 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
--
-
3 x 400 V 7.5 11 11 11 22 25 - -
-
3 x 500 V 5.5 11 11 11 25 25 - -
-
3 x 690 V 4 10 10 11 18.5 22 - -
>
Performance in AC 3
(IEC 60 947-3)
Control of squirrel-cage motors
starting and switching off motors while running
-InkW
-
3 x 230 V 3 4 4 5.5 11 15 - -
-
3 x 400 V 4 7.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 - -
-
3 x 500 V 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 - -
-
3 x 690 V 3 7.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 - -
- In HP (for reference)
-
3 x 230 V 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 15 20 - -
-
3 x 400 V 5.5 10 10 15 25 30 - -
-
3 x 500 V 7.5 10 10 15 25 30 - -
-
3 x 690 V 4 10 10 15 25 30 - -
>
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
- Max. rated voltage Ue(v) IEC
690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
- CSA (Canada)
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
- UL (USA)
600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
>
Rated short time withstand current
Icw (A) for 1 sec
300 400 420 800 1200 1500 2400 3000
>
Maximum wire size (mm2)
-rigid
4 6/4(1) 6/4(1) 6 16 16
ø 8 screw for eyelet
- flexible
2.5 4 4 6 16 16
ø 8 screw for eyelet
(1): These values correspond to terminals with jumpers
>
Mechanical durability
1,250,000
operations, maximum rate
150
operations per hour
>
Operating temperature limits -
20°C
to +
70°C
(beyond these limits consult us)
>
Rated operating current in DC-1
low inductive loads
(< 1 ms)
Rated operating current Ie (A) 24 V DC
16 20 25 32 50 63
--
Ie (A): rated current for breaking 1 contact. For higher voltages you must use a reduction coefficient K in the following graph
Technical characteristics
The price list code allows
Separate cam
I - CHOICE OF
>
The choice of switch siz
Cam switches are device
When using with DC cu
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PRICE LIST CODE
EXAMPLE
Rating
Price list code
Characteristics
>
Performance in AC
(IEC 60 947-3)
Switching of m
highly inductive
-
3x23
-
3 x 400
-
3x50
-
3 x 690
1
You are looking for
2
For a PR 63 the pric
Rating
Price list code
K
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
24 48 60 95 120 220 440 volts
breaking 1 contact breaking 2 contacts in series
reduction coefficient K for rated operating current in DC-1 continuous current
215
125 PR 160
--
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
690 690
690 690
600 600
600 600
00 3000
8 screw for eyelet
8 screw for eyelet
--
ph
The price list code allows you (if necessary) to determine the price of the chosen switch by referring to the current price list
Separate cam switches
I - CHOICE OF SWITCH SIZE
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions.
The choice of switch size depends on the type of load to be switched
Cam switches are devices designed mainly for use with AC current
When using with DC current, you must use a reduction coefficient (see previous page)
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
PRICE LIST CODE
EXAMPLE
Rating PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160
Price list code N S T Z H I L M
Characteristics PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160
>
Performance in AC 23
(kW)
(IEC 60 947-3)
Switching of motors or other
highly inductive loads
-
3x230V 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
--
-
3 x 400 V 7.5 11 11 11 22 25 - -
-
3 x 500 V 5.5 11 11 11 25 25 - -
-
3 x 690 V 4 10 10 11 18.5 22 - -
1
You are looking for a switch to control motors (3x230 V) with a power rating of 18.5 kW, what you need is a PR 63.
2
For a PR 63 the price list code is:
I
Rating PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63 PR 125 PR 160
Price list code N S T Z H I L M
volts
216
Separate cam switches
II - CHOICE OF FUNCTION (DIAGRAM AND SWITCHING ANGLE)
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions.
The electrical circuit diagram for separate switches can be:
FUNCTIONS
EXAMPLE
1
The reference of the diagram for a 1-2 contact switch (p. 208) is: 1101, and its price list code is: A01Z
2
For a switch, the reference of the 90° switching angle with spring return is: AR10,and the price list code is: Y640
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
Contact Nos. Positions
01----------
1-2 X11 1101 A01Z
3-4 X 2 2 1102 A02Z
5-6 X 3 3 1103 A03Z
7-8 X 4 4 1104 A04Z
9-10 X 5 5 1105 A05Z
11 - 12 X 6 6 1106 A06Z
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 90° Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 M4 AR10* VR11*
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 26)
Y640 (PR40 63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 25)
≤2 (PR40 63)
3
The full catalogue number for the function is 1101 - AR10,and its price list code is (I)A01Z - Y640
>
A special diagram to your
own requirement
(complete the form on p. 277)
>
A standard diagram (see p. 207 to 238).
Examples:
>
Switches
From 1 to 24 poles,
each pole being a path
the circuit being ope
>
2 way change-over
From 1 to 12 poles,
each pole having 2 curr
at position 1, the othe
The two paths can be
>
2 way change-over
From 1 to 12 poles,
each pole having 2 curr
at position 1, the othe
position 0and joined
>
3 to 8-way cam switches
Each pole having respectively
the number of poles
The starting position
The current paths of
>
Grouping switches
From 2 to 4 ways wit
each pole having res
which close consecut
thus grouping 2 to 4
The current paths of
>
Instrument switches
For ammeters wired
The CTs can be mou
they are always short-circuited
For voltmeters wired
>
Motor control switches
For 3-phase asynchronous
with or without rever
>
Switches for couplin
>
Coding switches
Code BCD and additional
Separate cam
II - CHOICE OF
>
FUNCTIONS
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram refe-
rence Diagram price
list code
01010
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0101
A
217
entation on p. 127)
A01Z
A02Z
A03Z
A04Z
A05Z
A06Z
277)
>
Switches 218
From 1 to 24 poles,
each pole being a path for the current,
the circuit being open at starting position 0, and closed at position 1
>
2 way change-over switches without off position 219
From 1 to 12 poles,
each pole having 2 current paths, one path is closed
at position 1, the other at position 2
The two paths can be joined by a common point (link)
>
2 way change-over switches with off position 220
From 1 to 12 poles,
each pole having 2 current paths, one path is closed
at position 1, the other at position 2. Both paths can be open at
position 0and joined by a common point (link)
>
3 to 8-way cam switches 221
Each pole having respectively 3 to 8 paths for the current,
the number of poles multiplied by the number of ways must be 24 or less
The starting position is either 0(diagram with OFF) or 1 (diagram without OFF)
The current paths of the same pole are connected together by links
>
Grouping switches 233
From 2 to 4 ways with or without starting position at 0,
each pole having respectively 2 to 4 current paths
which close consecutively and remain closed on the following positions,
thus grouping 2 to 4 elements
The current paths of the same pole are connected together by links
>
Instrument switches 236
For ammeters wired without a CT or with several CTs connected on the corresponding circuits 236
The CTs can be mounted in series, with a common point or independently,
they are always short-circuited when not feeding the ammeters
For voltmeters wired into 3-phase networks with or without neutral 238
>
Motor control switches 239
For 3-phase asynchronous motors with Y - sstarting, with several speeds,
with or without reversing
>
Switches for coupling 2 or 3 resistors 245
>
Coding switches 247
Code BCD and additional BCD
Separate cam switches
II - CHOICE OF FUNCTION (DIAGRAM AND SWITCHING ANGLE)
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 127)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard versions.
FUNCTIONS
PageDiagram
e- Diagram price
list code
A
V
218
01010
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0101
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
101
Separate cam switches
SWITCHES
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
Contact Nos. Positions
01----------
1-2 X 1 1 1101 A01Z
3-4 X 2 2 1102 A02Z
5-6 X 3 3 1103 A03Z
7-8 X 4 4 1104 A04Z
9 -10 X 5 5 1105 A05Z
11 - 12 X 6 6 1106 A06Z
13 -14 X 7 7 1107 A07Z
15 -16 X 8 8 1108 A08Z
17 -18 X 9 9 1109 A09Z
19 -20 X 10 10 1110 A10Z
21 -22 X 11 11 1111 A11Z
23 -24 X 12 12 1112 A12Z
25 -26 X 13 13 1113 A13Z
27 -28 X 14 14 1114 A14Z
29 -30 X 15 15 1115 A15Z
31 -32 X 16 16 1116 A16Z
33 -34 X 17 17 1117 A17Z
35 -36 X 18 18 1118 A18Z
37 -38 X 19 19 1119 A19Z
39 -40 X 20 20 1120 A20Z
41 -42 X 21 21 1121 A21Z
43 -44 X 22 22 1122 A22Z
45 -46 X 23 23 1123 A23Z
47 -48 X 24 24 1124 A24Z
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 90° Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 M4 AR10* VR11*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4
Cat. No. V8 D4
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 26)
Y640 (PR40 63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 26)
≤2 (PR40 63)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram refe-
rence Diagram price
list code
219
1
212
121
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
12
1
1
2
2
Separate cam switches
2-WAY CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
Contact Nos. Positions
12 -
1-2 X1 2 2251 A02Z
3-4 X
5-6 X24 2252A04Z
7-8 X
9-10 X3 6 2253 A06Z
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X4 8 2254 A08Z
15 - 16 X
17 - 18 X5 10 2255 A10Z
19 - 20 X
21 - 22 X6 12 2256 A12Z
23 - 24 X
25 - 26 X7 14 2257 A14Z
27 - 28 X
29 - 30 X8 16 2258 A16Z
31 - 32 X
33 - 34 X9 18 2259 A18Z
35 - 36 X
37 - 38 X10 20 2260 A20Z
39 - 40 X
41 - 42 X11 22 2261 A22Z
43 - 44 X
45 - 46 X12 24 2262 A24Z
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 90° Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 D4 AR10* VR11*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4
Cat. No. V8 M4
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40→63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
220
123
3
2
1
1
2
21 3
13
0101010
1
0
0
1
2
0
11
222
22
0
1
2
01
2
02
0
12
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
2
1
0
0
1
2
0
1
22
1
0
01 2 0
12 0
2
1
0
2
1
0
1
20
1
2
0
1
2
02
1
Separate cam
3-WAY SWITC
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1
Cat. No. B1
Cat. No. C1
Spring return extra charg
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
7-8 X
5-6 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
19 -20 X
17 -18 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
31 -32 X
29 -30 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
43 -44 X
41 -42 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a
2-WAY CHANGE-OVER SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
Separate cam switches
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° Misc Spring return Spring return Spring returnSpring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 J4 AR23* AR25* AR32* BR19* CR12*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4 M6 CR13* CR14* CR19*
Cat. No. C1 C8 C6 C4 V8 CR20* VR12* VR13*
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
Contact Nos. Positions
012---------
1-2 X1 2 2201 A02Z
3-4 X
5-6 X2 4 2202 A04Z
7-8 X
9-10 X3 6 2203 A06Z
11 - 12 X
13 - 14 X4 8 2204 A08Z
15 - 16 X
17 - 18 X5 10 2205 A10Z
19 - 20 X
21 - 22 X6 12 2206 A12Z
23 - 24 X
25 - 26 X7 14 2207 A14Z
27 - 28 X
29 - 30 X8 16 2208 A16Z
31 - 32 X
33 - 34 X9 18 2209 A18Z
35 - 36 X
37 - 38 X10 20 2210 A20Z
39 - 40 X
41 - 42 X11 22 2211 A22Z
43 - 44 X
45 - 46 X12 24 2212 A24Z
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
221
1212121
2
1
22
333
333
1
01
2
2
10
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
1
1
2
3
1
2
3
21 3 2
13 2
3
1
2
1
3
0
1
2
12
Separate cam switches
3-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 60° Spring return Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 M6 AR23* AR25*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4 BR19*
Cat. No. C1 C8 C6 CR12* CR13* CR14*
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
Contact Nos. Positions
123---------
1-2 X
3-4 X 1 3 2351 A03Z
7-8 X
5-6 X
9 -10 X 2 6 2352 A06Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X 3 9 2353 A09Z
19 -20 X
17 -18 X
21 -22 X 4 12 2354 A12Z
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X 5 15 2355 A15Z
31 -32 X
29 -30 X
33 -34 X 6 18 2356 A18Z
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X 7 21 2357 A21Z
43 -44 X
41 -42 X
45 -46 X 8 24 2358 A24Z
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
ing return Spring return
BR19* CR12*
A02Z
A04Z
A06Z
A08Z
A10Z
A12Z
A14Z
A16Z
A18Z
A20Z
A22Z
A24Z
Diagram price
list code
222
0101010
1
222
2
3
33
3
3
012
0
123012
3
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
33
3
3
0
1
2
0
2
1
3
0
1
2
3
0
0
3
1
2
3
4
3
2
1
1
2
4
3
4
2
1
4
3
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
4-WAY SWITC
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
3-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 45° Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 V8 BR15* VR16*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4
Cat. No. M8 J6
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1
Cat. No. B1
Cat. No. V1
Contact Nos. Positions
0123--------
1-2 X
3-4 X 1 3 2301 A03Z
7-8 X
5-6 X
9 -10 X 2 6 2302 A06Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X 3 9 2303 A09Z
19 -20 X
17 -18 X
21 -22 X 4 12 2304 A12Z
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X 5 15 2305 A15Z
31 -32 X
29 -30 X
33 -34 X618 2306A18Z
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X 7 21 2307 A21Z
43 -44 X
41 -42 X
45 -46 X 8 24 2308 A24Z
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40
41 -42 X
43 -44 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
223
1212121
2
333
3
4
44
4
4
12312
3
4
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
44
4
41
42 3
12
3123
4
4 1 2
3
4
2 14 3123
4
Separate cam switches
4-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 45° Spring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 V8 AR30*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4 BR15* BR41*
Cat. No. V1 M8 VR16* VR28*
A03Z
A06Z
A09Z
A12Z
A15Z
A18Z
A21Z
A24Z
Contact Nos. Positions
1234--------
1-2 X
3-4 X 1 4 2451 A04Z
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X 2 8 2452 A08Z
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X 3 12 2453 A12Z
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X 4 16 2454 A16Z
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 5 20 2455 A20Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
41 -42 X
43 -44 X 6 24 2456 A24Z
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
224
1
4
2
3
010101
222
01
0
3
332
0
3
0
4
4
4
4
0
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
33
3
4
4
4
1
4
2
3
0
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
4
1
42
3 00
1
24
31
42
3 0
123 4
5
3
2
1
1
2
45
1
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
5-WAY SWITC
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
4-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 45° Spring returnSpring return Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 J8 AR38*
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6
Cat. No. C1 C8 C6 CR27* CR34* CR40*
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6
Cat. No. B1
Cat. No.
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6
7-8 X
9 -10
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16
17 -18 X
19 -20
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26
27 -28 X
29 -30
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36
37 -38 X
39 -40
*For diagrams without a
Contact Nos. Positions
01234-------
1-2 X
3-4 X 1 4 2401 A04Z
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X 2 8 2402 A08Z
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X 3 12 2403 A12Z
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X 4 16 2404 A16Z
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 5 20 2405 A20Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
41 -42 X
43 -44 X 6 24 2406 A24Z
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
225
121212
333
4
44
5
5
5
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
44
4
5
5
5
2
51
4 3
123
4
5
Separate cam switches
5-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° Spring return
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 BR27*
Cat. No. V8
Contact Nos. Positions
12345-------
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X 1 5 2551 A05Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X 2 10 2552 A10Z
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X 3 15 2553 A15Z
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 4 20 2554 A20Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
A04Z
A08Z
A12Z
A16Z
A20Z
A24Z
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Spring return extra charge
* Y652 (PR12)
Y639 (PR17 →26)
Y640 (PR40 →63)
Number of spring
return contacts
≤4 (PR12 →26)
≤2 (PR40 →63)
226
010101
222
3
33
4
44
55
5
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
33
3
4
4
4
5
5
5
1
4
2
3
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
3
2
11
2
4
5
6
2
5
3
4
1
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
6-WAY SWITC
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
5-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6
Cat. No. M1 V6
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6
Cat. No. M1
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10
11 -12
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22
23 -24
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32
33 -34
35 -36
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
41 -42 X
43 -44 X
45 -46
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a
Contact Nos. Positions
012345------
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X 1 5 2501 A05Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X210 2502A10Z
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X 3 15 2503 A15Z
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 4 20 2504 A20Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
227
121212
333
4
44
5
55
66
6
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
44
4
5
5
5
6
6
6
2
5
3
4
1
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
Separate cam switches
6-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6
Cat. No. M1
Contact Nos. Positions
123456------
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X 1 6 2651 A06Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X 2 12 2652 A12Z
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X 3 18 2653 A18Z
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
41 -42 X 4 24 2654 A24Z
43 -44 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
A05Z
A10Z
A15Z
A20Z
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
228
0101
22
3
3
4
4
55
6
6
2
1
00
1
2
33
4
4
5
5
6
6
1
0
0
2
0
3
0
4
0
5
0
60
14
5
63 2
123 4
5 6 7
7
3
2
11
2
4
5
6
7
25
3
Separate cam switches
6-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
Cat. No. J1 C8
Contact Nos. Positions
0123456-----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X1 6 2601 A06Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X2 12 2602 A12Z
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X3 18 2603 A18Z
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
41 -42 X4 24 2604 A24Z
43 -44 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Separate cam
7-WAY SWITC
>
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8
9 -10
11 -12
15 -16
13 -14
17 -18
19 -20
21 -22
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36
37 -38
39 -40
43 -44
41 - 42
45 - 46
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
Cat. No. C8
229
1212
33
4
4
5
5
66
7
7
3
2
11
2
3
44
5
5
6
6
7
7
1
25
6
74 3
A06Z
A12Z
A18Z
A24Z
Diagram price
list code
Separate cam switches
7-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
Contact Nos. Positions
1234567-----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X 1 7 2751 A07Z
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
15 -16 X
13 -14 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X 2 14 2752 A14Z
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 3 21 2753 A21Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
43 -44 X
41 - 42
45 - 46
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
Cat. No. C8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
43
44
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
230
0101
22
3
3
4
4
55
6
6
7
7
2
1
00
1
2
33
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
3
2
11
2
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
8-WAY SWITC
>
Contact Nos. 12
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8
9 -10
11 -12
13 -14
15 -16
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22
23 -24
25 -26
27 -28
29 -30
31 -32
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40
41 -42
43 -44
45 -46
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
7-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
Contact Nos. Positions
01234567----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X 1 7 2701 A07Z
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
15 -16 X
13 -14 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X 2 14 2702 A14Z
23 -24 X
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X 3 21 2703 A21Z
37 -38 X
39 -40 X
43 -44 X
41 - 42
45 - 46
47 - 48
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
For more than 8 ways, plea
30°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
43
44
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals +*
links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
231
1212
33
4
4
5
5
66
7
7
8
8
3
2
11
2
3
44
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
Separate cam switches
8-WAY SWITCHES WITHOUT OFF
>
Contact Nos. Positions
12345678----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X1 8 2851 A08Z
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X2 16 2852 A16Z
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X3 24 2853 A24Z
41 -42 X
43 -44 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
A07Z
A14Z
A21Z
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
For more than 8 ways, please contact us.
30° 45°
Cat. No. A1 A8
Cat. No. B1 B8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
232
0123
4
5
6
7
8
2
1
0
3456
7
8
056
7
8
3
2
1
4
012
2
1
00
1
0
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
GROUPING S
>
Contact Nos. 01
1-2 XX
3-4 X
5-6 XX
7-8 X
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X
13 -14 XX
15 -16 X
17 -18 XX
19 -20 X
21 -22 XX
23 -24 X
25 -26 XX
27 -28 X
29 -30 XX
31 -32 X
33 -34 XX
35 -36 X
37 -38 XX
39 -40 X
41 -42 XX
43 -44 X
45 -46 XX
47 - 48 X
DIAGRAM (REFERENC
8-WAY SWITCHES WITH OFF
>
Contact Nos. Positions
012345678---
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X1 8 2801 A08Z
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X
23 -24 X2 16 2802 A16Z
25 -26 X
27 -28 X
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X
35 -36 X
37 -38 X
39 -40 X3 24 2803 A24Z
41 -42 X
43 -44 X
45 -46 X
47 - 48 X
*For diagrams without a link, replace number 2 by number 1 at the beginning of the diagram reference.
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE) (with link for common point)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30°
Cat. No. A1
Cat. No. B1
Cat. No. C1
For more than 8 ways, please contact us.
SWITCHING ANGLE (R
30°
Cat. No. A1
Cat. No. B1
Cat. No. V8 M6
Diagram with off posi
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals*
+ links Diagram*
reference Diagram price
list code
233
0101010
1
222
2
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
2
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Separate cam switches
GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 2 ELEMENTS
>
Contact Nos. Positions
012---------
1-2 XX 1 2 5201 5251 A02Z
3-4 X
5-6 XX 2 4 5202 5252 A04Z
7-8 X
9 -10 XX 3 6 5203 5253 A06Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 XX 4 8 5204 5254 A08Z
15 -16 X
17 -18 XX 5 10 5205 5255 A10Z
19 -20 X
21 -22 XX 6 12 5206 5256 A12Z
23 -24 X
25 -26 XX 7 14 5207 5257 A14Z
27 -28 X
29 -30 XX 8 16 5208 5258 A16Z
31 -32 X
33 -34 XX 9 18 5209 5259 A18Z
35 -36 X
37 -38 XX 10 20 5210 5260 A20Z
39 -40 X
41 -42 XX 11 22 5211 5261 A22Z
43 -44 X
45 -46 XX 12 24 5212 5262 A24Z
47 - 48 X
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
A08Z
A16Z
A24Z
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 30° 45° 60° 90°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 A1 A8 A6 A4
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4 B1 B8 B6 B4
Cat. No. V8 M6
Diagram with off position Diagram without off position
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram reference Diagram price
list codewith off without off
Diagram price
list code
234
0101010
1
222
2
3
33
3
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
2
33
3
3
3
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
333
3
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
13 0
1
2
2
1
0
Separate cam switches
GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 3 ELEMENTS
>
Contact Nos. Positions
0123--------
1-2 XX
3-4 X X 1 3 5301 5351 A03Z
7-8 X
5-6 X
9 -10 X X 2 6 5302 5352 A06Z
11 -12 XX
13 -14 XX
15 -16 X X 3 9 5303 5353 A09Z
17 -18 X
19 -20 X
21 -22 X X 4 12 5304 5354 A12Z
23 -24 XX
25 -26 XX
27 -28 X X 5 15 5305 5355 A15Z
29 -30 X
31 -32 X
33 -34 X X 6 18 5306 5356 A18Z
35 -36 XX
37 -38 XX
39 -40 X X 7 21 5307 5357 A21Z
41 -42 X
43 -44 X
45 -46 X X 8 24 5308 5358 A24Z
47 - 48 X X
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 90° 30° 45° 60° 90°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A4 A1 A8 A6 A4
Cat. No. V8 (45°) M8 V8 M6
Diagram with off position Diagram without off position
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B4 B1 B8 B6 B4
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram reference Diagram price
list codewith off without off
235
010101
222
3
33
4
4
4
2
1
00
1
2
0
1
2
33
3
4
4
4
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
333
3
4
4
4
4
3
2
11
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
44
4
4
Separate cam switches
GROUPING SWITCHES FOR 4 ELEMENTS
>
Contact Nos. Positions
01234-------
1-2 XX
3-4 X X 1 4 5401 5451 A04Z
5-6 XX
7-8 X
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X X 2 8 5402 5452 A08Z
13 -14 XX
15 -16 X
17 -18 XX
19 -20 X X 3 12 5403 5453 A12Z
21 -22 XX
23 -24 X
25 -26 XX
27 -28 X X 4 16 5404 5454 A16Z
29 -30 XX
31 -32 X
33 -34 XX
35 -36 X X 5 20 5405 5455 A20Z
37 -38 XX
39 -40 X
41 -42 XX
43 -44 X X 6 24 5406 5456 A24Z
45 -46 XX
47 - 48 X
DIAGRAM (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
SWITCHING ANGLE (REFERENCE AND PRICE LIST CODE)
30° 45° 60° 30° 45° 60° 90°
Cat. No. A1 A8 A6 A1 A8 A6 A4
Cat. No. B1 B8 B6 B1 B8 B6 B4
Diagram with off position Diagram without off position
For more than 4 elements, please contact us.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
No. of
poles No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram reference Diagram price
list codewith off without off
236
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
33
L 3L2L 1
42
2
7
2
11
2
A0L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
0
00
L1
L2L3L1
L2
L3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
33
L 3L2L 1
54
2
11
12
15
16
A
0L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
0
00
L1
L2L3L1
L2
L3
Separate cam
INSTRUMENT
>
measurement on 3 c
0
L1 L2 L3
-----
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 XX
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
Contact
Nos. Positions
Separate cam switches
INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: AMMETER
>
0
L1 L2 L3
-----
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX 6 8151 A06Z
9 -10 XX
11 -12 XX
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
0
L1 L2 L3
-----
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX 9 8157 A09Z
11 -12 XX
13 -14 XX
15 -16 X
19 -20 XX
XX
measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3with 1 ammeter and 3 cts without common point Switching angle
measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3with 1 ammeter and 3 cts with common point Switching angle
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
45° 90°
No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Contact
Nos. Positions
No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions
237
0L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
0
00
L1
L2L3L1
L2
L3
0L1
L2
L3
L1
L2
L3
0
00
L1
L2L3L1
L2
L3
3
L3L2L1
54
2
11
12
15
14
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
L1
L2
L3
0
00
L1
L2
L3
Separate cam switches
INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: AMMETER (continued)
>
measurement on 3 circuits L1-L2-L3with 1 ammeter, direct reading without ct Switching angle
0
L1 L2 L3
-----
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 XX 9 8164 A09Z
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
90°
Cat. No. A4
Cat. No. B4
No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions Diagram price
list code
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
Switching angle
Switching angle
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
45° 90°
238
0L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
L1N
1
L3L2
NL
1
84
3
5
9
V
0
L
10
L
2
L
2
L
3
L
3
L
1
L
1
L
2
L
2
L
3
L
3
L
1
00
L
1
L
2
L
2
L
3
L
3
L
1L
1
L
2
L
2
L
3
L
3
L
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
L3L2
17
6
4
V
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
1SPEEDSTAR
>
Y∆starter,oneway
0Y∆------
1-2 XX
3-4 X
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: VOLTMETER
>
INSTRUMENT
>
measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases Switching angle
0L1L2L3----
L
2
L
3
L
1
1-2 XX
3-4 X48351 A04Z
5-6 XX
7-8 X
measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases + between 1 phase and neutral Switching angle
0L1L2L3---L
1
L2 L3 L1 N
1-2 XX X
3-4 X
5-6 X X 5 8356 A05Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
45°
Cat. No. E8
measurement on 3-p
0L1L2L3-
NNN
1-2 XXX
3-4 XXX
5-6 XX
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 XX
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Contact
Nos.
Positions
Contact
Nos.
Positions
Contact
Nos.
Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos.
Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
239
0Y
∆
0L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
L1N
0
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
L1N
L3N
L2N
L1L2L3
112
4
W
2
W1
2
U
1
U2
V2
14 1 5 11
6
V 1
13
0L10
L2
L2L3
L3L1
L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
00
L1L2
L2L3L3L1L1L2
L2L3
L3L1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Y
0
∆
0Y
∆
0
Y
∆
Y
Y
0
0
∆
∆
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
2
L3L2
NL
1
111
6
10
4
V
Separate cam switches
1 SPEED STARTER, 1 WAY - 3 PHASE MOTOR
>
Y ∆ starter, one way, for single speed motor Switching angle
0Y∆------
1-2 XX
3-4 X
5-6 XX
7-8 XX 89551 A08Z
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. AR32* B4
60° + SRO
Cat. No. M6 + SRO**
INSTRUMENT SWITCHES: VOLTMETER (continued)
>
Switching angle
Switching angle
45°
Cat. No. E8
45°
Cat. No. C8
measurement on 3-phase circuit with 1 voltmeter, reading between phases and between phases and neutral Switching angle
0L1L2L3-L3L2L1
NNN L
1L
3
L
2
1-2 XXX
3-4 XXX
5-6 XX
6 8357 A06Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 XX
* Y652, PR12
Y639, PR17 →26
Y640, PR40 →160
* * Y649, PR12
Y642, PR17 →26
Y643, PR40 →160
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
Contact
Nos.
Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos.
Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
240
L1L2L3
15
W
2
W1
2
U
1
U2
V2
10 4
V 1
9
L1L2L 3
15
9
Z
W
2
U
X
Y
19 4 15
16
V
20
13
24
57
6
9
10
11
12
13 15
14 16
17 19
18 2 0
8
0YY
∆∆
0AV
AR 0
AVAR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
3-PHASE, 2-S
>
2 speeds, 1 way witho
3-PHASE, 1-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued)
>
3 phase motor switch, forward/reverse, 1 speed *Switching angle
Cat. No. C8 C4
Positions
0FWD --- --REV
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X 5 9151 A05Z
7-8 X
9 -10 XX
∆YY--
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
2 speeds, 1 way with off
0∆YY--
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
1 speed starter, forward/reverse - 3 phase motor Switching angle
45°
Cat. No. C8
45° 90°
FWDPositionsREV
0Y∆----∆Y
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
10 9153 A10Z
11 -12 XX
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX XX
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
*AR=REV
AV = FWD
241
L1L2L3
112
11
1W12W2
24
2U12W1
2U21U1
2V22V1
9715
1V1
14
L1L2L3
112
11
1W12W2
24
2U12W1
2U21U1
2V22V1
9715
1V1
14
0YY
∆∆
0AV
AR 0
AVAR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
PV
GV
GVPV GV
PV
GV
PV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
00
PV
GV
PV
GV
PV
GV
PV
GV
00
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
GVPV
0
GV
PV
0
Separate cam switches
3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES
>
2 speeds, 1 way without off - 3 phase dalhander motor (not suitable as starter)*Switching angle
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Cat. No. C8 C4
*Switching angle
.No. C8 C4
∆YY--- -- -
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X8 9354 A08Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
2 speeds, 1 way with off - 3 phase dalhander motor *Switching angle
0∆YY-----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X89552 A08Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
Switching angle
45°
Cat. No. C8
45° 90°
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Cat. No. D4 M4
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
*∆=PV
YY = GV
*AR=REV
AV = FWD
242
L1L2L3
15
11
1W12W2
13 9
2U12W1
2U21U1
2V22V1
18 1922
1V1
21
PVPV
0
GV
GV
L1L2L3
15
1W2
1W1
A
1U1
1V21U2
10
13 1V
1
6
9
2W2
2W1
B
2V1
2U22V2
12
15 82U
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
00
PV
GV
00
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
GVPV
0
GV
PV
0
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
3-PHASE, 2-S
>
FWD Positions
0LS HS -
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX
21 -22 XX
23 -24 XX
starter, forward/re
FWD Positions
0LS HS -
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 XX
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX
starter, forward/r
3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued)
>
2 speeds, forward/reverse - 3 phase dalhander motor *Switching angle
FWD Positions REV
0∆YY---Y.. ∆
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X X 12 9154 A12Z
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX
21 -22 XX
23 -24 XX
45°
Cat. No. C8
starter, 2 speeds, 1 way - 2 coils ∆A, ∆B open *Switching angle
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Cat. No. C8 C4
Positions
0LS HS -----
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X
7-8 X
9 -10 X89553A08Z
11 -12 X
13 -14 X
15 -16 X
Contact
Nos.
Contact
Nos.
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
*PV=LS
GV = HS
*∆=PV
YY = GV
243
PVPV
0
GV
GV
L1L2L3
15
1W1
A
1U1
1U2
18
21
17
2W2
2W1
B
2U1
2V2
20
23 15 2V
1
11 1V
1
1V
2
2V
2
13
1W2
9
L1L2L3
1517
1W1
A
1U11V1
11
9
18
2W1
B
2U12V1
15
13
20
PVPV
0
GV
GV
00
PV
GV
00
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
0
PV
GV
GVPV
0
GV
PV
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PVPV
0
GV
GV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Separate cam switches
3-PHASE, 2-SPEED MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES (continued)
>
FWD Positions REV
0LS HS - - - HS LS
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X X 12 9156 A12Z
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX
21 -22 XX
23 -24 XX
45°
Cat. No. C8
For function
1 way,
see page 210,
ref. diagram 2203,
diagram price list code
A06Z
starter, forward/reverse, for 2 speed motor, 2 coils ∆A, ∆B open *Switching angle
FWD Positions REV
0LS HS - - - HS LS
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 XX
10 9163 A10Z
13 -14 XX
15 -16 XX
17 -18 XX
19 -20 XX
starter, forward/reverse, for 2 speed motor, 2 coils YA, YB open
*Switching angle
*Switching angle
45°
Cat. No. C8
*Switching angle
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
. No. C8 C4
45°
Cat. No. C8
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
*PV=LS
GV = HS
*∆=PV
YY = GV
*AR=REV
AV = FWD
244
01
2
0
1
2
0AV
AR
L1L2
15
42
N
1
Ph
3
12
2
11
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
12
0
1
2
0
12 0
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Separate cam switches
MOTOR CONTROL SWITCHES - D.C. CURRENT OR SINGLE PHASE
>
polarity or phase change-over with off position (D.C. current) Switching angle
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Cat. No. C8 C4
Positions
01 2- - - - -
1-2 X
3-4 X
5-6 X49051A04Z
7-8 X
Positions
0FWD -----REV
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 X 6 9057C8 A06Z
7-8 X
9 -10 X
11 -12 X
45°
Cat. No. C8
forward/reverse switch with off position for 1-speed single phase
motor with permanent condenser (4 wires) Switching angle
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. No. of
contacts
Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Separate cam
SWITCHES FOR
>
coupling of 2 resist
01 23
1-2 XX
3-4 X
5-6 XX
7-8 X
coupling of 2 resist
01 23
1-2 XXX
3-4 X
5-6 XX
7-8 X
Function: coupling
01 23
1-2 XX
3-4 XX
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions
*AR=REV
AV = FWD
245
L1L2
15
2
b
4
6
R
1R2
2
a
6
4
R
1R2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L1L2
15
4
b
6
2
R
1R2
4
a
2
6
R
1R2
4
8
2
6
L
1L2
15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
AV
AR
0
12
0
1
2
0
12 0
2
1
Switching angle
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
. No. C8 C4
45°
.No. C8
Switching angle
Separate cam switches
SWITCHES FOR COUPLING 2 RESISTORS
>
coupling of 2 resistors with common point, 2-pole switching Switching angle
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
01 23- -- -
1-2 XX
3-4 X4 7202 A04Z
5-6 XX
7-8 X
coupling of 2 resistors with common point, 2-pole switching Switching angle
01 23- -- -
1-2 XXX
3-4 X4 7204 A04Z
5-6 XX
7-8 X
Pos. a b
0 off off
1R
1
R
1
+R2series
2R
2
R
2
3R
1
+R2series R1
Pos. a b
0 off off
1R
1
+R2series R1
2R
1
R
1
+R2series
3R
1
+R2// R2
Function: coupling of 2 resistors without common point, 2-pole switching Switching angle
01 23- -- -
1-2 XX
3-4 XX 4 7207 A04Z
5-6 XX
7-8 XX
Pos. Function
0off
1R
1
2R
2
3R
1
+R2//
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
*AR=REV
AV = FWD
246
L1L2
39
12
246
8
R
1
10
R2R3
L1L2L3
157
4
2
6
R
1
8
R
2R3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
CODING SW
>
coding switch with
coding switch with
123456
1-2 X X X X
3-4 XX XX X X
5-6 X
7-8
coding switch, BCD
01 2345
1-2 X X X
3-4 XX XX
5-6 X
7-8
SWITCHES FOR COUPLING 3 RESISTORS
>
01 23--- -
1-2 XXX
3-4 XX
5-6 X 6 7211 A06Z
7-8 XXX
9 -10 XX
11 -12 X
coupling of 3 resistors without common point, 2-pole switching Switching angle
coupling of 3 resistors, 3-phase network, total cut-off at off Switching angle
01 23- -- -
1-2 XXX
3-4 X4 7607 A04Z
5-6 XXX
7-8 XX
Pos. Function
0off
1R
1
2R
1
+R2//
3R
1
+R2+R3//
Pos. Function
0off
1R
1
(L1/L2)
2R
1
(L1/L2), R2(L2/L3)
3R
1
,R
2
,R
3in ?
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
45° 90°
Cat. No. A8 A4
Cat. No. B8 B4
01 2345
1-2 X X X
3-4 XX XX XX
5-6 X
7-8
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links
Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
247
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
01
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
123
0
1
2
3
01
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
123
0
1
2
3
2
5
34
1
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam switches
CODING SWITCHES
>
coding switch with off Switching angle
30°
Cat. No. A1
coding switch without off Switching angle
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1-2 X X X X X X
3-4 XX XX X X 4 6502 A04Z
5-6 XX X
7-8 X X
coding switch, BCD code, 0 to 9 (with complete rotation possible) Switching angle
01 23456789 - -
1-2 X X X X X
3-4 XX XX 4 6503 A04Z
5-6 X X
7-8 XX
Switching angle
Switching angle
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
45° 90°
. No. A8 A4
. No. B8 B4
30°
Cat. No. A1
30°
Cat. No. A1
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1-2 X X X X X X
3-4 XX XX XX 4 6501 A04Z
5-6 X X
7-8 XX
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals +
links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
248
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Separate cam switches
CODING SWITCHES (continued)
>
complementary BCD code, 0 to 9 (with complete rotation possible) Switching angle
01 23456789 - -
1-2 X X X X X
3-4 XX XX XX 4 6504 A04Z
5-6 XX XX
7-8 XX
BCD code, 0 to 9 + complementary BCD code (with complete rotation possible) Switching angle
01 23456789 - -
1-2 X X X X X
3-4 XX XX
5-6 X X
7-8 XX 86505A08Z
9-10 X X X X X
11 - 12 XX XX XX
13 - 14 XX XX
15 - 16 XX
30°
Cat. No. A1
30°
Cat. No. A1
Separate cam
III - CHOICE OF
>
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals +
links Diagram
reference
Contact
Nos. Positions No. of
contacts Connection terminals
+ links Diagram
reference
Diagram price
list code
Diagram price
list code
>
2-screw panel mou
Intervals 30 or 50
Intervals 35 or 36, 48,
>
Single hole mount
With plate frame and
With key
with selector switch
>
Single hole mount
One-piece with hand
One-piece with key
>
Rear mounting
Intervals 48 or 68
On DIN rail
>Dimensions
Front and rear mounting
Front mounting (EZ)
Single hole mounting
Single hole mounting
Single hole mounting
Single hole mounting
Rear mounting on DIN
249
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
1
4
23
0
5
6
7
8
9
Switching angle
Switching angle
30°
Cat. No. A1
30°
Cat. No. A1
Separate cam switches
III - CHOICE OF MOUNTING
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats.
PageImage
>
2-screw panel mount
250
Intervals 30 or 50
250
Intervals 35 or 36, 48, 54, 68
250
>
Single hole mounting Ø 22
251
With plate frame and handle
251
With key
251
with selector switch
252
>
Single hole mounting Ø 30
253
One-piece with handle
253
One-piece with key
253
>
Rear mounting
254
Intervals 48 or 68
254
On DIN rail
254
>Dimensions 255
Front and rear mounting (E and S)
255
Front mounting (EZ)
257
Single hole mounting Ø 22 (E N48MD50)
259
Single hole mounting Ø 22 (E C21XXXX)
259
Single hole mounting Ø 30 (E 30PN)
260
Single hole mounting Ø 30 (E 30C)
261
Rear mounting on DIN rail (SX)
262
250
Separate cam switches
FRONT MOUNTING
>
2 SCREWS - 30 OR 50 MM INTERVAL
Price list code
For PR 12 to PR 160
PR 12 - E
PR 17 - E
PR 21 - E
PR 26 - E
PR 40 - E
PR 63 - E
PR 125 - E
PR 160 - E
For foolproof shaft profile, add D to the type of mounting code (ED)
Cat. No.
2 SCREWS - 35 MM INTERVAL OR 36, 48, 54 OR 68
Price list code
For PR 12 to PR 160
35 mm interval
PR 12 Y533 EZ35
PR 17 Y523 EZ35
PR 21 Y524 EZ35
PR 26 Y525 EZ35
36, 48, or 54 interval (see end of code)
PR 12 Y654 EZ36
PR 17 Y523 EZ36 or EZ48
PR 21 Y524 EZ36 or EZ48
PR 26 Y525 EZ36 or EZ54
68 mm interval
PR 40 Y527 EZ68
PR 63 Y528 EZ68
PR 125 Y531 EZ68
PR 160 Y532 EZ68
For foolproof shaft profile, add D to the type of mounting code (eg:
EZD35
)
Cat. No.
Dimensions (p. 255)
30
Ø4,3 Ø10
50
Ø4,3 Ø10
35
Ø4,3
Ø10
Ø4,3
Ø10
36, 48 ou 54
Ø4,3
Ø10
68
251
11,1
Ø3,2
Ø 22,3 +0,4
-0
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
11,1
Ø3,2
Ø 22,3 +0,4
-0
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam switches
ONE-HOLE MOUNTING Ø 22
>
WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE
Max. number of contacts accepted: 12
Price list code
48
legend plate with handle
N48MD50 N48MD50
48
legend plate with standard
handle and aluminium legend plate
N480MD50 N480MD50
Cat. No.
For PR 12
SELECTOR SWITCH WITH KEY
Supplied with 2 keys n°455
Max. number of contacts accepted: 8
Legend plate can be used (p. 281)
Price list code
Key lock
90/45
° for
5
mm shaft
Key free in:
1-3-5-7 C21RC00 C21RC00
3-7 C21RD00 C21RD00
1-5 C21RE00 C21RE00
2-4-6-8 C21RF00 C21RF00
2-6 C21RG00 C21RG00
4-8 C21RH00 C21RH00
48 plate, key free in:
1-3-5-7 C21RC48 C21RC48
3-7 C21RD48 C21RD48
1-5 C21RE48 C21RE48
2-4-6-8 C21RF48 C21RF48
2-6 C21RG48 C21RG48
4-8 C21RH48 C21RH48
Key lock
60/30
° for
5
mm shaft
Key free in:
1-3-5-7-9-11 C21RJ00 C21RJ00
1-7 C21RK00 C21RK00
3-9 C21RQ00 C21RQ00
5-11 C21RR00 C21RR00
2-4-6-8-10-12 C21RL00 C21RL00
4-10 C21RM00 C21RM00
2-8 C21RS00 C21RS00
6-12 C21RT00 C21RT00
48 plate, key free in:
1-3-5-7-9-11 C21RJ48 C21RJ48
1-7 C21RK48 C21RK48
3-7 C21RQ48 C21RQ48
5-11 C21RR48 C21RR48
2-4-6-8-10-12 C21RL48 C21RL48
4-10 C21RM48 C21RM48
2-8 C21RS48 C21RS48
6-12 C21RT48 C21RT48
Cat. No.
For PR 12
-For other bezels, replace 21 in the reference and the
price list code with:
22 - black plastic
23 - grey plastic
24 - brilliant chromed brass
25 - brilliant chromed plastic
Dimensions (p. 259)
252
11,1
Ø3,2
Ø 22,3 +0,4
-0
Separate cam
ONE-PIECE SELECTOR
SINGLE HOLE
>
ONE-PIECE KEY OPERATED
Separate cam switches
ONE-HOLE MOUNTING Ø 22 (
continued
)
>
WITH SELECTOR SWITCH
Max. number of contacts accepted: 12
Price list code
Handle
Red
C21RA01 C21RA01
Green
C21RA02 C21RA02
Black
C21RA03 C21RA03
Grey
C21RA08 C21RA08
Long handle
Red
C21RB01 C21RB01
Green
C21RB02 C21RB02
Black
C21RB03 C21RB03
Grey
C21RB08 C21RB08
Cat. No.
For PR 12
-For other bezels, replace 21 in the reference and the
price list code with:
22 - black plastic
23 - grey plastic
24 - brilliant chromed brass
25 - brilliant chromed plastic
26 - matt anodised aluminium
Dimensions (p. 259)
253
Ø 3,2 Ø 30,5 +0,5
-0
15,1
Ø 3,2 Ø30,5+0,5
-0
15,1
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
Separate cam switches
Dimensions (p. 260-261)
ONE-PIECE SELECTOR SWITCH
The block consists of:
- 1 head and a plastic bezel
enabling single hole ø 30 mounting
- a grey/black small handle
Max. number of contacts accepted: 24
Price list code
PR 17 302PN 30PN
PR 21 303PN 30PN
PR 26 304PN 30PN
Extra charge for chrome brass bezel
(instead of plastic)
Y644(1) to be specified
(1)
To be added at the end of the reference and price list code
Cat. No.
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING Ø 30
>
ONE-PIECE KEY OPERATED
The block consists of:
- 1 head and a plastic bezel
enabling single hole ø 30 mounting
- 2 keys no. 455 or 1424 A to be stated on order
The key acts as an operating handle
The key is always captive:
in positions
2-4-6-8
The key is free:
in positions
1-3-5-7 (form p. 287)
The key can be captive:
in positions 1 + 5 or 3 + 7
The serrated edge of the key acts
as an indicator of the switch position
Max. number of contacts accepted: 8
Price list code
PR 17 30C2 30C
PR 21 30C3 30C
PR 26 30C4 30C
Extra charges
Key with plastic grip
(recommended for more
than 4 contacts)
Y646 30CM
Chrome brass bezel
Y644(1) to be specified
Other key (other than 455 or 1424)
Y645(1) to be specified
(1)
To be added at the end of the reference and price list code
C21RA01
C21RA02
C21RA03
C21RA08
C21RB01
C21RB02
C21RB03
C21RB08
Cat. No.
254
Ø4,3
48
Ø4,3
68
40
42
P
66
50
48
P
66
P
66
53
60
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
REAR MOUNTING
>
2 SCREWS - INTERVAL 48 OR 68
Price list code
For PR 12 to PR 160
PR 12 Y513 S
PR 17 Y503 S
PR 21 Y504 S
PR 26 Y505 S
PR 40 Y507 S
PR 63 Y508 S
PR 125 Y511 S
PR 160 Y517 S
Cat. No.
ON DIN RAIL
Price list code
For PR 12 to PR 26
Max. number of contacts
accepted: 8
PR 12 Y553 SX
PR 17 Y543 SX
PR 21 Y544 SX
PR 26 Y545 SX
Cat. No.
Dimensions (p. 255)
DIMENSIONS
>
FRONT AND REAR MOUNTING
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S
rear mounting “S
Front mounting “E”
255
40
42
P
P
66
50
48
P
P
66
P
P
66
53
60
Separate cam switches
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Cat. No.
SX
SX
SX
SX
Cat. No.
DIMENSIONS
>
FRONT AND REAR MOUNTING (E AND S)
No. of contacts Front mounting Rear mounting
PR 12
P* P*
1-2 36 42
3-4 46 52
5-6 56 62
7-8 66 72
9-10 76 82
11-12 86 92
13-14 122 128
15-16 132 138
17-18 142 148
19-20 152 158
21-22 162 168
23-24 172 178
PR 17/21
1-2 33 39
3-4 45 51
5-6 57 63
7-8 69 75
9-10 81 87
11-12 93 99
13-14 105 111
15-16 117 123
17-18 129 135
19-20 141 147
21-22 153 159
23-24 165 171
PR 26
1-2 36 42
3-4 51 57
5-6 66 72
7-8 81 87
9-10 96 102
11-12 111 117
13-14 126 132
15-16 141 147
17-18 156 162
19-20 171 177
21-22 186 192
23-24 201 207
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S”
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S”
rear mounting “S”
Front mounting “E”
*P=Depth
256
43
43
35
36
66
48
36
35
66
54
36
35
P
P
82
Ø80
P
120
P
82
70
Ø80
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
FRONT AND REAR MOUNTING (E AND S)
No. of contacts Front mounting Rear mounting
PR 40/63
P* P*
1-2 60 70
3-4 80 90
5-6 100 110
7-8 120 130
9-10 140 150
11-12 160 170
13-14 180 190
15-16 200 210
17-18 220 230
19-20 240 250
21-22 260 270
23-24 280 290
PR 125/160
1-2 80 90
3-4 120 130
5-6 160 170
7-8 200 210
9-10 240 250
11-12 280 290
DIMENSIONS
>
FRONT MOUNTING (EZ
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S”
Front mounting “E”
rear mounting “S”
*P=Depth
257
43
P
43
35
36
P
66
48
36
35
P
66
54
36
35
Separate cam switches
Rear mounting
P*
70
90
110
130
150
170
190
210
230
250
270
290
90
130
170
210
250
290
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
FRONT MOUNTING (EZ)
No. of contacts P*
PR 12
1-2 36
3-4 46
5-6 56
7-8 66
9-10 76
11-12 86
13-14 122
15-16 132
17-18 142
19-20 152
21-22 162
23-24 172
PR 17/21
1-2 39
3-4 51
5-6 63
7-8 75
9-10 87
11-12 99
13-14 111
15-16 123
17-18 135
19-20 147
21-22 159
23-24 171
PR 26
1-2 42
3-4 57
5-6 72
7-8 87
9-10 102
11-12 117
13-14 132
15-16 147
17-18 162
19-20 177
21-22 192
23-24 207
*P=Depth
258
P
82
68
120
70
Ø80
P
82
68
P
26
40x42
Ø
P
32
42x40
Ø3
P
26
42x40
Ø
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
FRONT MOUNTING (EZ)
No. of contacts P*
PR 40/63
1-2 60
3-4 80
5-6 100
7-8 120
9-10 140
11-12 160
13-14 180
15-16 200
17-18 220
19-20 240
21-22 260
23-24 280
PR 125/160
1-2 80
3-4 120
5-6 160
7-8 200
9-10 240
11-12 280
DIMENSIONS
>
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING
*P=Depth
*P=D
259
P26
40x42
Ø30
P56
32
42x40
Ø30
P26
42x40
Ø30
Separate cam switches
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING Ø 22 (E N48MD50)
No. of contacts P*
PR 12
1-2 51
3-4 61
5-6 71
7-8 81
9-10 91
11-12 101
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING Ø 22 (E C21XXXX)
No. of contacts P*
PR 12
With key
1-2 51
3-4 61
5-6 71
7-8 81
With handle/long handle
1-2 51
3-4 61
5-6 71
7-8 81
9-10 91
11-12 101
*P=Depth
260
P 17 21
48x50
P17 21
53x60
P
50x48
P
58x55
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING Ø 30 (E 30PN)
No. of contacts P*
PR 17/21
1-2 47.5
3-4 59.5
5-6 71.5
7-8 83.5
9-10 95.5
11-12 107.5
13-14 119.5
15-16 131.5
17-18 143.5
19-20 155.5
21-22 167.5
23-24 179.5
PR 26
1-2 50.5
3-4 65.5
5-6 80.5
7-8 95.5
9-10 110.5
11-12 125.5
13-14 140.5
15-16 155.5
17-18 170.5
19-20 185.5
21-22 200.5
23-24 215.5
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING
DIMENSIONS
>
*P=Depth *P=D
261
P 17 21
50x48
P17 21
58x55
Separate cam switches
SINGLE HOLE MOUNTING Ø 30 (E 30C)
No. of contacts P*
PR 17/21
1-2 56.5
3-4 68.5
5-6 80.5
7-8 92.5
9-10 104.5
11-12 116.5
13-14 128.5
15-16 140.5
17-18 152.5
19-20 164.5
21-22 176.5
23-24 188.5
PR 26
1-2 59.5
3-4 74.5
5-6 89.5
7-8 104.5
9-10 119.5
11-12 134.5
13-14 149.5
15-16 164.5
17-18 179.5
19-20 194.5
21-22 209.5
23-24 224.5
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
*P=Depth
262
P
P
P
Separate cam switches
REAR MOUNTING ON DIN RAIL (SX)
No. of contacts P*
PR 12
1-2 36
3-4 46
5-6 56
7-8 66
PR 17/21
1-2 49
3-4 61
5-6 73
7-8 85
PR 26
1-2 52
3-4 67
5-6 82
7-8 97
DIMENSIONS (
continued
)
>
Separate cam
IV - CHOICE OF
>
>
Complete plate, fram
PR 12 to PR 160
>
Plate, frame and hand
Plate and frame for
Handles for PR 12 to
>
Padlockable
Plate, frame and han
Clutch drive without
>
Enclosure
Compact size BPR for
Normal type BC for PR
Normal type BCF for
>
With key locking
Plate, frame and han
>
Parallel coupling of 2
With handle PR 12 to
>
Serial coupling of 2 s
With handle PR 12 to
>
Dual-voltage device
With plate, frame and
*P=Depth
263
Separate cam switches
IV - CHOICE OF PRESENTATION
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats.
Page
>
Complete plate, frame and handle
264
PR 12 to PR 160
264
>
Plate, frame and handle: other combinations
265
Plate and frame for PR 12 to PR 160
265
Handles for PR 12 to PR 160
266
>
Padlockable
267
Plate, frame and handle for PR 12 to PR 160
267
Clutch drive without door interlock for PR 12 to PR 160
268
>
Enclosure
270
Compact size BPR for PR 12
270
Normal type BC for PR 12 to PR 26
271
Normal type BCF for PR 40 to PR 63
272
>
With key locking
274
Plate, frame and handle for PR 12 to PR 160
274
>
Parallel coupling of 2 switches
275
With handle PR 12 to PR 160
275
>
Serial coupling of 2 switches
276
With handle PR 12 to PR 160
276
>
Dual-voltage device
277
With plate, frame and handle PR 12 to PR 26
277
264
60
48
5+1 26
22
Ø28
5+1 26
22
Ø28
80
64
5+1 26
30
Ø28
80
64
90
5+1
72
26
30
Ø28
5
96
31
34
Ø42
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
Aluminium plate + grey/black handle/long handle
Blank label
The price for the presentation includes engraving
of the usual texts and symbols
(engraving to be specified)
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 26
48 plate and frame
+ small handle
Q48PN Q48PN50
+ duty label + small handle
Q480PN Q480PN50
+ small lever
Q48PC Q48PC50
+ Duty label + small lever
Q480PC Q480PC50
64 plate and frame
+ small handle
Q64PN Q64PN50
+ duty label + small handle
Q640PN Q640PN50
+ small lever
Q64PC Q64PC50
+ Duty label + small lever
Q640PC Q640PC50
PR 40
to
PR 160
64 plate and frame
+ medium handle
Q64MN Q64MN60
+ duty label + medium handle
Q640MN Q640MN60
+ small lever
Q64PC Q64PC60
+ small lever
Q640PC Q640PC60
72 plate and frame
+ medium handle
Q72MN Q72MN60
+ duty label + medium handle
Q720MN Q720MN60
+ small lever
Q72PC Q72PC60
+ Duty label + small lever
Q720PC Q720PC60
96 plate and frame
+ large handle
Q96GN Q96GN60
+ large lever
Q96GC Q96GC60
Extra charges
Standard engraving
Y000
Customised engraving
Y100
Cat. No.
Type
Standard engraving (p. 286)
PLATE AND FRA
>
Q61
Q48PN Q64PN
Q64MN Q72MN
Q96GN
Q780
265
48
5+1
5+1
64
5+1
72
5
96
Separate cam switches
Q48PN50
Q480PN50
Q48PC50
Q480PC50
Q64PN50
Q640PN50
Q64PC50
Q640PC50
Q64MN60
Q640MN60
Q64PC60
Q640PC60
Q72MN60
Q720MN60
Q72PC60
Q720PC60
Q96GN60
Q96GC60
Cat. No.
PLATE AND FRAME
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
For complete presentation, add handle
The price for the presentation includes engraving
of standard texts and symbols (p. 286)
Other engraving (form p. 287)
Duty label with aluminium plate
Price list code
48 plate (PR 12 to PR 26)
Red
Q41 Q41
Red with duty label
Q410 Q410
Black
Q43 Q43
Black with duty label
Q430 Q430
Yellow
Q45 Q45
Yellow with duty label
Q450 Q450
Aluminium
Q48 Q48
Aluminium with duty label
Q480 Q480
64 plate (PR 12 to PR 160)
Red
Q61 Q61
Red with duty label
Q610 Q610
Black
Q63 Q63
Black with duty label
Q630 Q630
Yellow
Q65 Q65
Yellow with duty label
Q650 Q650
Aluminium
Q64 Q64
Aluminium with duty label
Q640 Q640
72 plate (PR 12 to PR 160)
Red
Q71 Q71
Red with duty label
Q710 Q710
Black
Q73 Q73
Black with duty label
Q730 Q730
Yellow
Q75 Q75
Yellow with duty label
Q750 Q750
Aluminium
Q72 Q72
Aluminium with duty label
Q720 Q720
96 plate (PR 40 to PR 160)
Red
Q91 Q91
Black
Q93 Q93
Yellow
Q95 Q95
Aluminium
Q96 Q96
Cat. No.
Other combinations
Standard engraving (p. 286)
Q61 48
64
72
96
Q780
266
26
22
Ø28
26
30
Ø28
31
34
Ø42
42
70
Ø28
55
116
Ø42
Separate cam switches
HANDLES
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
For complete products, add plate + handle
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 26
Red - small handle
PN51 PN51
Black - small handle
PN53 PN53
Red - medium handle
MN51 MN51
Black - medium handle
MN53 MN53
Red - large handle
GN51 GN51
Black - large handle
GN53 GN53
Red - small lever
PC51 PC51
Black - small lever
PC53 PC53
PR 40
to
PR 160
Red - medium handle
MN61 MN61
Black - medium handle
MN63 MN63
Red - large handle
GN61 GN61
Black - large handle
GN63 GN63
Red - small lever
PC61 PC61
Black - small lever
PC63 PC63
Red - large lever
GC61 GC61
Black - large lever
GC63 GC63
Version with foolproofing and other colours (see p. 279/280)
Cat. No.
Other combinations
MN61
GN63
PN
MN
GN
PC
GC
267
65
82
22
80
100
22
96
116
24
Separate cam switches
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
Yellow presentation, red handle
for up to 4 padlocks
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 26 -
Mounting 30 mm interval
small frame 48,
Without engraving
J48PN51 J48PN51
With engraving (state requirement)
J480PN51 J480PN51
With engraving (Inter principal)
J481PN51 J481PN51
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
J482PN51 J482PN51
With engraving (Main switch)
J483PN51 J483PN51
Medium frame 72,
Without engraving
J72MN51 J72MN51
With engraving (state requirement)
J720MN51 J720MN51
With engraving (Inter principal)
J721MN51 J721MN51
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
J722MN51 J722MN51
With engraving (Main switch)
J723MN51 J723MN51
PR 40
to
PR 160 -
Mounting 50 mm interval
Medium frame 72,
medium red handle
Without engraving
J72MN61 J72MN61
With engraving (state requirement)
J720MN61 J720MN61
With engraving (Inter principal)
J721MN61 J721MN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
J722MN61 J722MN61
With engraving (Main switch)
J723MN61 J723MN61
Large frame 96,
With engraving (state requirement)
J960GN61 J960GN61
With engraving (Inter principal)
J961GN61 J961GN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
J962GN61 J962GN61
With engraving (Main switch)
J963GN61 J963GN61
Extra charges
Standard engraving
Y000
Customised engraving
Y100
IP 65 version
Y661
If the switching angle is different from 60°, replace J with H
Cat. No.
Other combinations
Standard engraving (p. 286)
-For version with grey plate, grey/black handle,
replace the letter J with the letter V in the
reference and delete the last 2 two digits (51 or 61)
-If the switching angle is different from 60°
replace V with G in the reference
-For difference mounting intervals, the addition of an
adaptor plate allows intervals
EZ 35
,
EZ 36/48/68
(see
p. 257/258)
The reference then becomes:
J44/440
for 48
J74/740
for 72
J940
for 96
J48PN51
V723MN
268
PX
Ø 4,3 Ø 10
30
A
Ø10
Ø 4,3
48
E
Ø 4,3
Ø10
35
C
Ø10
Ø 4,3
68
G
PR 12 to 26
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION (
continued
)
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
Yellow presentation, red handle
for up to 4 padlocks
Rear mounting
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 26
Small frame 48,
Front mounting possible
(A, C or D see p. 269)
Without engraving
R5J48PN61 R5J48PN61
With engraving (state requirement)
R5J480PN61 R5J480PN61
With engraving (Inter principal)
R5J481PN61 R5J481PN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
R5J482PN61 R5J482PN61
With engraving (Main switch)
R5J483PN61 R5J483PN61
Medium frame 72,
Front mounting possible
(A, C, D or E see p. 269)
Without engraving
R5J72MN61 R5J72MN61
With engraving (state requirement)
R5J720MN61 R5J720MN61
With engraving (Inter principal)
R5J721MN61 R5J721MN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
R5J722MN61 R5J722MN61
With engraving (Main switch)
R5J723MN61 R5J723MN61
If the switching angle is different from 60°:
Replace J with H
Cat. No.
With clutch drive and without door interlock
Standard engraving (p. 286)
S mounting method (see p. 255)
X=45to65mm(+31,62or93mm
with extension piece)
- For version with gre
replace the letter
reference and d
-For clutch drive with
replace the lett
PADLOCKABLE
>
R5J48PN61
269
Ø 4,3 Ø 10
30
AØ 4,3 Ø 10
50
B
Ø10
Ø 4,3
36
D
Ø10
Ø 4,3
48
E
Ø 4,3
Ø10
35
C
Ø 4,3
Ø10
60
F
Ø10
Ø 4,3
68
G
PR 12 to 26 PR 40 to 160
Separate cam switches
R5J48PN61
R5J480PN61
R5J481PN61
R5J482PN61
R5J483PN61
R5J72MN61
R5J720MN61
R5J721MN61
R5J722MN61
R5J723MN61
Cat. No.
For PR 12 to PR 160
Yellow presentation, red handle
for up to 4 padlocks
Rear mounting
Price list code
PR 40
to
PR 160
Medium frame 72,
Front mounting possible (B, C, D or E)
Without engraving
R6J72MN61 R6J72MN61
With engraving (state requirement)
R6J720MN61 R6J720MN61
With engraving (Inter principal)
R6J721MN61 R6J721MN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter)
R6J722MN61 R6J722MN61
With engraving (Main switch)
R6J723MN61 R6J723MN61
Large frame 96,
Front mounting possible (B, C, D, E, or G)
With engraving (state requirement) R6
J960GN61
R6
J960GN61
With engraving (Inter principal) R6
J961GN61
R6
J961GN61
With engraving (Hauptschalter) R6
J962GN61
R6
J962GN61
With engraving (Main switch) R6
J963GN61
R6
J963GN61
Extra charges
Extra charge for standard engraving
Y000
Extra charge for customised engraving
Y100
Extra charge for IP 65 version
Y662
Accessories
Adjusting clips for door alignment
WR01 WR01
Extension piece 31 mm, for control shaft
(max. 3 per switch)
WR02 WR02
Relay terminals 16 mm2(pair)
WR03 WR03
Operating key, when door open
WR04 WR04
If the switching angle is different from 60°:
Replace J with H
Cat. No.
With clutch drive and without door interlock
- For version with grey plate, grey/black handle
replace the letter J with the letter V in the
reference and delete 61
-For clutch drive with door interlock
replace the letter R with V in the reference
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION (
continued
)
>
Standard engraving (p. 286)
270
26P
22
Ø28
76
65
50
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BPR
PR 12 for mounting in enclosure, special version
with inverted terminals
Base mounting PR 12
Enclosure in light grey, self-extinguishing
thermoplastic
IP 40
4 knock-out ø 19 cable entries for Pg 11 with nut
The price for the presentation includes engraving
of the standard texts and symbols
Price list code
PR 12
-
1
or
2
contacts
48 plate and frame
Aluminium,
small grey/black handle
BPR01Q48 BPRQ48PN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
small red handle
BPR01J BPRJ48PN51
Grey, padlockable presentation,
small grey-black handle
BPR01V BPRV48PN
PR 12
-
3
or
4
contacts
48 plate and frame
Aluminium,
small grey/black handle
BPR02Q48 BPRQ48PN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
small red handle
BPR02J BPRJ48PN51
Grey, padlockable presentation,
small grey-black handle
BPR02V BPRV48PN
Accessories
Cable gland Pg
11
with nut
CM10P CM10P
Extra charges
Standard engraving
Y000
Customised engraving
Y100
IP 65 version
Y632
Foolproofing (see p. 291)
Cat. No.
Compact size
Standard engraving (p. 286)
P * Price list code Contacts
46 BPR01 1-2 contacts
58 BPR02 3-4 contacts
- for other legend plate colours
replace Q48 (in the reference and
price list code) with:
Q41 - 48 red legend plate
Q43 - 48 black legend plate
Q45 - 48 yellow legend plate
- for other handle colours
replace PN (in the reference) with:
PN51 - small red handle
PN53 - small black handle
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BC
P * Price list code
77 BC21-23
101 BC22-24
- for other colours, legend
replace Q3 (in the
price list code with:
Q1 - aluminium
R1 - red legend
J1 - red legend
N3 - black legend
Ø4,3orM4
P*=Depth
P*=Depth
271
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
109
Separate cam switches
BPRQ48PN
BPRJ48PN51
BPRV48PN
BPRQ48PN
BPRJ48PN51
BPRV48PN
CM10P
Cat. No.
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BC
PR 12 to PR 26
Version with base mounted cam switch
Enclosure in self-extinguishing thermoplastic
black base, light grey cover
IP 40
4 knock-out ø 23 cable entries for Pg 16 with nut
The price for the presentation includes engraving
standard texts and symbols
Price list code
PR 12
-
1
to
6
contacts
64 plate and frame
Aluminium, black handle
BC21Q3 BCQ3
48 plate and frame
Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle
BC21J48 BCJ48
Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle
BC21V48 BCV48
PR 12
-
7
to
10
contacts
64 plate and frame
Aluminium, black handle
BC22Q3 BCQ3
48 plate and frame
Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle
BC22J48 BCJ48
Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle
BC22V48 BCV48
PR 17-21
-
1
to
6
contacts
PR 26 -
1
to
4
contacts
64 plate and frame
Aluminium, black handle
BC23Q3 BCQ3
48 plate and frame
Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle
BC23J48 BCJ48
Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle
BC23V48 BCV48
PR 17-21
-
7
to
10
contacts
PR 26 -
5
to
8
contacts
64 plate and frame
Aluminium, black handle
BC24Q3 BCQ3
48 plate and frame
Yellow, padlockable presentation red handle
BC24J48 BCJ48
Grey, padlockable presentation, grey/black handle
BC24V48 BCV48
Accessories
Cable gland Pg
16
with nut
CM14P CM14P
Relay terminals (pair)
WR03 WR03
Tamperproof screw (pair)
WR05 WR05
Extra charges
Standard engraving
Y000
Customised engraving
Y100
IP 65 version
Y663
Standard size enclosure
Standard engraving (p. 286)
P * Price list code Contacts
77 BC21-23 1-6 contacts (1-4 PR26)
101 BC22-24 7-10 contacts (5-8 PR26)
- for other colours, legend plates and handles
replace Q3 (in the reference and
price list code with:
Q1 - aluminium legend plate, red handle
R1 - red legend plate, red handle
J1 - red legend plate, yellow handle
N3 - black legend plate, black handle
Cat. No.
Ø4,3orM4
P*=Depth
272
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
153
118
Separate cam
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BCF (continued)
Separate cam switches
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BCF
PR 40 to PR 63
Version with base mounted cam switch
Enclosure in light grey, self-extinguishing
thermoplastic
IP 40
10 knock-out cable entries:
6xø29forPg21
(2 above and below, 1 on each side)
4 x ø 38 for Pg 29 (1 on each side)
The price for the presentation includes engraving
of the standard texts and symbols
Price list code
PR 40-63
-
1
and
2
contacts
Without presentation
BCF140 BCF
72 plate and frame
Aluminium, medium grey/black handle
BCF140Q72 BCFQ72MN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
medium red handle
BCF140J72 BCFJ72MN61
96 plate and frame
Aluminium, large grey/black handle
BCF140Q96 BCFQ96GN
PR 40-63
-
3
and
4
contacts
Without presentation
BCF240 BCF
72 plate and frame
Aluminium, medium grey/black handle
BCF240Q72 BCFQ72MN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
medium red handle
BCF240J72 BCFJ72MN61
96 plate and frame
Aluminium, large grey/black handle
BCF240Q96 BCFQ96GN
Standard size enclosure
Standard engraving (p. 286)
P Price list code Contacts
107 BCF140-240 1-4 contacts
145 BCF340-440 5-8 contacts
Cat. No.
Ø4,3orM4
P*=Depth
273
Separate cam switches
ENCLOSURE
>
TYPE BCF (continued)
Price list code
PR 40-63
-
5
and
6
contacts
Without presentation
BCF340 BCF
72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
BCF340Q72 BCFQ72MN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
medium red handle
BCF340J72 BCFJ72MN61
96 plate and frame
Aluminium,
large grey/black handle
BCF340Q96 BCFQ96GN
PR 40-63
-
7
and
8
contacts
Without presentation
BCF440 BCF
72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
BCF440Q72 BCFQ72MN
Yellow, padlockable presentation
medium red handle
BCF440J72 BCFJ72MN61
96 plate and frame
Aluminium,
large grey/black handle
BCF440Q96 BCFQ96GN
Accessories
Cable gland Pg 21 with nut
CM18P CM18P
Cable gland Pg 29 with nut
CM24P CM24P
Extra charges
Standard engraving
Y000
Customised engraving
Y100
IP 55 version
Y647
Standard size enclosure
Cat. No.
code
BCF
BCF140Q72 BCFQ72MN
72 BCFJ72MN61
BCF140Q96 BCFQ96GN
BCF
BCF240Q72 BCFQ72MN
2 BCFJ72MN61
96 BCFQ96GN
Standard engraving (p. 286)
Cat. No.
274
P24
112 x 72
28
48
48
P
P
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
KEYLOCKING DEVICE
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
For switch in front mounting mode
With keylocking
Handle locked in all positions
key no. 455
(or 1424A, state requirement on order, no extra charge)
Key can be withdrawn in locked and
unlocked positions
On request, the handle can be:
- locked in certain positions (to be stated on order)
The key can be:
- withdrawn in locked position
only (to be stated on order)
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 160
64 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q64MNC Q64MNC
72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q72MNC Q72MNC
Extra charges
Other combinations
Y645
Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291)
Plate and frame (quadral)
Standard engraving (p. 286)
Cat. No.
P *: front mounting E (p. 255)
- for other plate colours
- replace (in the reference and price list code)
Q64 with:
Q61 - red plate
Q63 - black plate
Q65 - yellow plate
- replace (in the reference and price list code)
Q72 with:
Q71 - red plate
Q73 - black plate
Q75 - yellow plate
- for other medium handle colours PR 12 to PR 26
- replace (in the reference and price list code)
MN with:
MN51 - red medium handle
MN53 - black medium handle
- for other handle colours PR 40 to PR 160
- replace (in the reference and price list code)
MN with:
MN61 - red medium handle
MN63 - black medium handle
PARALLEL COUPLING
>
P *: front mounting E (p.
- for other plate colours,
and the price list code)
Q64 with:
Q61 - red
Q63 - blac
Q65 - yello
Q72 with:
Q71 - redplate
Q73 - blac
Q75 - yello
Q96 with:
Q91 - red
Q93 - blac
Q95 - yello
- for other handle colours,
and price list code)
For PR 12 to PR 26, MN
MN51 or PC51 - red
MN53 or PC53 - b
lever
For PR40 to PR 160, MN
MN61 or PC61 - red
MN63 or PC63 - b
For PR40 to PR 160, GN
GN61 or GC61 - r
GN63 or GC63 - b
*P=Depth *P=Depth
275
P
P
180 x 70
Ø 4,3
Ø10
48
Separate cam switches
Q64MNC
Q72MNC
Cat. No.
PARALLEL COUPLING OF 2 SWITCHES
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
For switch in front mounting mode
Applications:
- For diagrams requiring more contacts
than the maximum number possible
- where there is limited depth available
There is a driving switch actuated by the
handle, and a driven switch actuated by a
gear train
Both switches have the same switching
angle and number of positions
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 160
Driving switch presentation
64 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q64MNAP Q64MNAP
72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q72MNAP Q72MNAP
96 plate and frame
Aluminium,
large grey/black handle
Q96GNAP Q96GNAP
Extra charges
Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291)
Standard engraving (p. 286)
P *: front mounting E (p. 255)
- for other plate colours, replace (in the reference
and the price list code)
Q64 with:
Q61 - red plate
Q63 - black plate
Q65 - yellow plate
Q72 with:
Q71 - redplate
Q73 - blackplate
Q75 - yellow plate
Q96 with:
Q91 - red plate
Q93 - black plate
Q95 - yellow plate
- for other handle colours, replace (in reference
and price list code)
For PR 12 to PR 26, MN or PC with:
MN51 or PC51 - red medium handle / small lever
MN53 or PC53 - black medium handle / small
lever
For PR40 to PR 160, MN or PC with:
MN61 or PC61 - red medium handle / small lever
MN63 or PC63 - black medium handle / small lever
For PR40 to PR 160, GN or GC with:
GN61 or GC61 - red large handle / large lever
GN63 or GC63 - black large handle / large lever
Possibility of coupling 2 cam switches in parallel:
Driven switch Driving switch
PR 12 PR 17 - PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 PR 125 - PR 160
PR 12 X X X X X
PR 17 - PR 21 X X X X
PR 26 X X X
PR40-PR63 X
*P=Depth
Plate and frame (quadral)
Cat. No.
276
PP
Ø 4,3 Ø10
30
P
Ø 4,3 Ø10
48
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
SERIAL COUPLING OF 2 SWITCHES
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
For switch in front mounting mode
Applications:
- for very different current circuits
- limited to 12 contact stages in total
(1 PR stage 125-160 = 2 stages)
There is a driving switch actuated by
the handle,
and a driven switch
Both switches have the same switching
angle and number of positions
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 160
Driving switch presentation
64 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q64MNAS Q64MNAS
72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
Q72MNAS Q72MNAS
96 plate and frame
Aluminium,
large grey/black handle
Q96GNAS Q96GNAS
Extra charges
Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291)
Standard engraving (p. 286)
P *: see front mounting
E (p. 255)
- for other plate colours, replace (in the reference
and the price list code)
Q64 with:
Q61 - red plate
Q63 - black plate
Q65 - yellow plate
Q72 with:
Q71 - red plate
Q73 - blackplate
Q75 - yellow plate
Q96 with:
Q91 - red plate
Q93 - black plate
Q95 - yellow plate
- for other handle colours,
replace (in reference and price list code)
For PR 12 to PR 26, MN or PC with:
MN51 or PC51 - red medium handle / small lever
MN53 or PC53 - black medium handle / small
lever
For PR40 to PR 160, MN or PC with:
MN61 or PC61 - red medium handle / small lever
MN63 or PC63 - black medium handle / small lever
For PR40 to PR 160, GN or GC with:
GN61 or GC61 - red large handle / large lever
GN63 or GC63 - black large handle / large lever
Possibility of coupling 2 cam switches in series:
Driven switch Driving switch
PR 12 PR 17 - PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 - PR 63 PR 125 - PR 160
PR 12 X X X X
PR 17 - PR 21 X X X
PR 26 X X
PR40-PR63 X
DUAL-VOLTAGE
>
P *: see front mounting
- for other plate colours,
and the price list code)
EZS64 with:
EZS61 - red
EZS63 - bla
EZS65 - yel
EZS72 with:
EZS71 - red
EZS73 - bl
EZS75 - yel
- for other medium handle
reference and price list
MN with:
MN51 - red
MN53 - bla
PR 12 to PR 26
PR 40 to PR 160
*P=Depth *P=Depth
Plate and frame (quadral)
Cat. No.
277
P
Ø 4,3
Ø 6,5
Ø10
35
18
36
Separate cam switches
Q64MNAS
Q72MNAS
Q96GNAS
PR 63 PR 125 - PR 160
X
X
X
X
DUAL-VOLTAGE DEVICE
>
For PR 12 to PR 26
For switch in front mounting mode
Applications:
For locking the handle in the right or left position,
to prevent wrong switching
Example: Off position in the middle
and max. 90° rotation
to right or left
Price list code
PR 12
Dual-voltage device
with 64 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
EZS64MN EZS64MN
PR 17-21
and
PR 26
Dual-voltage device
with 72 plate and frame
Aluminium,
medium grey/black handle
EZS72MN EZS72MN
Extra charges
Foolproofing and special shaft (see p. 291)
Plate and frame (quadral)
Standard engraving (p. 286)
Cat. No.
P *: see front mounting E (p. 255)
- for other plate colours, replace (in the reference
and the price list code)
EZS64 with:
EZS61 - red plate
EZS63 - black plate
EZS65 - yellow plate
EZS72 with:
EZS71 - red plate
EZS73 - black plate
EZS75 - yellow plate
- for other medium handle colours, replace (in
reference and price list code)
MN with:
MN51 - red medium handle
MN53 - black medium handle
0
380 V220 V
*P=Depth
Cat. No.
278
Separate cam
HANDLES
>
HANDLES
Separate cam switches
V - OPTIONS AND COMPONENTS
>
To order your cam switch, it is essential to follow the 5-step procedure (see presentation on p. 126)
Mini cam switches are only available in standard formats.
>
Handles and levers
279
Handles PR 12 to PR 26
279
Handles PR 40 to PR 160
279
Levers PR 12 to PR 26
280
Levers PR 40 to PR 160
280
>
Plates
281
Quadral type
281
Duty label
282
Frame
282
>
Plate and frame
283
Quadral type
283
Mounting Ø 22
284
Terminal covers
284
>
Rear protective shroud
285
For PR 12 to PR 63
285
>
Engraving
286
Standard engraving
286
Customised engraving
286
>
Automatic spring return
288
Reduced type RN
288
Normal type R
288
Special reinforced type RS
289
>
Miscellaneous versions
289
One-way rotation (SRO)
290
Blocking-off between 2 positions
290
Tropicalised version
290
Faston terminals
290
Reinforced IP rating
291
Special shafts
291
>
Empty enclosures (for local assembly)
292
BPR type
292
BC type
292
BCF type
292
FUNCTIONS
Page
PN50
MN51
GN63
279
Separate cam switches
HANDLES
>
HANDLES
Price list code
For 5 shaft
Small handle
Grey-black, without foolproofing
PN50 PN50
Grey-black, with foolproofing
PND50 PND50
Red, without foolproofing
PN51 PN51
Red, with foolproofing
PND51 PND51
Black, without foolproofing
PN53 PN53
Black, with foolproofing
PND53 PND53
Medium handle
Grey-black, without foolproofing
MN50 MN50
Grey-black, with foolproofing
MND50 MND50
Red, without foolproofing
MN51 MN51
Red, with foolproofing
MND51 MND51
Black, without foolproofing
MN53 MN53
Black, with foolproofing
MND53 MND53
Large handle
Grey-black, without foolproofing
GN50 GN50
Grey-black, with foolproofing
GND50 GND50
Red, without foolproofing
GN51 GN51
Red, with foolproofing
GND51 GND51
Black, without foolproofing
GN53 GN53
Black, with foolproofing
GND53 GND53
FOR PR 12 TO PR 26
Cat. No.
Price list code
For 6 shaft
Medium handle
Grey-black, without foolproofing
MN60 MN60
Grey-black, with foolproofing
MND60 MND60
Red, without foolproofing
MN61 MN61
Red, with foolproofing
MND61 MND61
Black, without foolproofing
MN63 MN63
Black, with foolproofing
MND63 MND63
Large handle
Grey-black, without foolproofing
GN60 GN60
Grey-black, with foolproofing
GND60 GND60
Red, without foolproofing
GN61 GN61
Red, with foolproofing
GND61 GND61
Black, without foolproofing
GN63 GN63
Black, with foolproofing
GND63 GND63
FOR PR 40 TO PR 160
Cat. No.
ntation on p. 126)
279
279
279
280
280
281
281
282
282
283
283
284
284
285
285
286
286
286
288
288
288
289
289
290
290
290
290
291
291
292
292
292
292
Page
PN50
MN51
GN63
PN
MN
GN
MN
GN
26
22
Ø28
26
30
Ø28
31
34
Ø42
26
30
Ø28
31
34
Ø42
280
42
70
Ø28
42
70
Ø28
55
116
Ø42
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
LEVERS
Price list code
For 5 shaft
Small levers
Grey-black, without foolproofing
PC50 PC50
Grey-black, with foolproofing
PCD50 PCD50
Red, without foolproofing
PC51 PC51
Red, with foolproofing
PCD51 PCD51
Black, without foolproofing
PC53 PC53
Black, with foolproofing
PCD53 PCD53
For PR 12 to PR 40
Cat. No.
LEVERS
>
LEVERS
Price list code
For 6 shaft
Small levers
Grey-black, without foolproofing
PC60 PC60
Grey-black, with foolproofing
PCD60 PCD60
Red, without foolproofing
PC61 PC61
Red, with foolproofing
PCD61 PCD61
Black, without foolproofing
PC63 PC63
Black, with foolproofing
PCD63 PCD63
Large levers
Grey-black, without foolproofing
GC60 GC60
Grey-black, with foolproofing
GCD60 GCD60
Red, without foolproofing
GC61 GC61
Red, with foolproofing
GCD61 GCD61
Black, without foolproofing
GC63 GC63
Black, with foolproofing
GCD63 GCD63
For PR 40 to PR 160
Cat. No.
PLATES
>
PC50
PC60
WE70000
PC
PC
GC
281
48
5+1
5+1
64
5+1
72
5
96
Separate cam switches
PC50
PCD50
PC51
PCD51
PC53
PCD53
Cat. No. Cat. No.
PC60
PCD60
PC61
PCD61
PC63
PCD63
GC60
GCD60
GC61
GCD61
GC63
GCD63
Cat. No.
Fit onto frame and onto one-hole mounting ø 22 head
(except 96)
Price list code
48
Aluminium
WE40 WE40
Red
WE41 WE41
Black
WE43 WE43
Yellow
WE45 WE45
Transparent
WE47 WE47
Aluminium - with engraving
WE40000 WE40000
Red - with engraving
WE41000 WE41000
Black - with engraving
WE43000 WE43000
Yellow - with engraving
WE45000 WE45000
Transparent - with engraving
WE47000 WE47000
64
Aluminium
WE60 WE60
Red
WE61 WE61
Black
WE63 WE63
Yellow
WE65 WE65
Transparent WE67 WE67
Aluminium - with engraving
WE60000 WE60000
Red - with engraving
WE61000 WE61000
Black - with engraving
WE63000 WE63000
Yellow - with engraving
WE65000 WE65000
Transparent - with engraving
WE67000 WE67000
72
Aluminium
WE70 WE70
Red
WE71 WE71
Black
WE73 WE73
Yellow
WE75 WE75
Transparent
WE77 WE77
Aluminium - with engraving
WE70000 WE70000
Red - with engraving
WE71000 WE71000
Black - with engraving
WE73000 WE73000
Yellow - with engraving
WE75000 WE75000
Transparent - with engraving
WE77000 WE77000
96
Aluminium
WE90 WE90
Red
WE91 WE91
Black
WE93 WE93
Yellow
WE95 WE95
Aluminium - with engraving
WE90000 WE90000
Red - with engraving
WE91000 WE91000
Black - with engraving
WE93000 WE93000
Yellow - with engraving
WE95000 WE95000
For version with engraving see form (p. 287)
PLATES
>
Standard engraving (p. 286)
WE70000 48
64
72
96
282
Separate cam switches
DUTY LABELS
To be used with frame
Price list code
48
Q048 Q048
64
Q064 Q064
72
Q072 Q072
Transparent insert
(only for Q048)
IF7 IF7
Aluminium insert
(only for Q048)
IF9 IF9
PLATES, DUTY LABELS AND FRAMES
>
Cat. No.
Standard engraving (p. 286)
FRAMES
Price list code
Frame
48
CQ48 CQ48
64
CQ64 CQ64
72
CQ72 CQ72
96
CQ96 CQ96
Cat. No.
PLATES
For single hole mounting ø 30
Aluminium legend
Price list code
48
Black plate
UF36 UF36
Black plate - with engraving
UF36000 UF36000
64
Black plate
UF38 UF38
Black plate - with engraving
UF38000 UF38000
Cat. No.
UF36
Q072
CQ64
283
Separate cam switches
PLATES + FRAMES
>
Price list code
48
Aluminium
Q48 Q48
Red
Q41 Q41
Black
Q43 Q43
Yellow
Q45 Q45
64
Aluminium
Q64 Q64
Red
Q61 Q61
Black
Q63 Q63
Yellow
Q65 Q65
72
Aluminium
Q72 Q72
Red
Q71 Q71
Black
Q73 Q73
Yellow
Q75 Q75
96
Aluminium
Q96 Q96
Red
Q91 Q91
Black
Q93 Q93
Yellow
Q95 Q95
Plate + frame
Standard engraving (p. 286)
Dimensions (p. 265)
Cat. No.
With aluminium duty label
Price list code
48
Aluminium
Q480 Q480
Red
Q410 Q410
Black
Q430 Q430
Yellow
Q450 Q450
64
Aluminium
Q640 Q640
Red
Q610 Q610
Black
Q630 Q630
Yellow
Q650 Q650
72
Aluminium
Q720 Q720
Red
Q710 Q710
Black
Q730 Q730
Yellow
Q750 Q750
Plate + frame + duty label
Cat. No.
Q61
Q95
Q720
284
A
B
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
PLATE + FRAME + DUTY LABEL
>
Ø 22 MOUNTING
With aluminium duty label
Plate and frame for single hole
mounting ø 22 presentation
Max. panel thickness: 1.5 mm
Price list code
48
Aluminium
N480 N480
Frame + legend plate
Cat. No.
TERMINAL COVERS
>
For PR 12 to PR 160
Insulating material for switch with 4 contacts max.
Transparent material for PR 12 to PR 63
Opaque material for PR 125-160
With rear mounting the terminal cover is fixed
in S mode (p. 254) with:
- for PR 12 to PR 26: 2 screws
- for PR 40 to PR 160: 2 screws
With front mounting, the terminal cover is fixed
in E mode (p. 250) with:
- for PR 12: 2 screws supplied
- for PR 17 to PR 63: 2 special nuts supplied
- for PR 125 and PR 160: 2 H4 nuts supplied
Price list code
PR 12 CB4N CB4
PR 17 CB3D CB3
PR 21 CB3F CB3
PR 26 CB3E CB3
PR 40 CB5H CB5
PR 63 CB5I CB5
PR 125-160 CB6L CB6
Terminal covers
PR 40-63 CB8 CB8
Pair of terminal covers in insulating material
providing IP 20 protection of 2 electrical
contacts located on 1 coil
(provide the same number of
pairs of terminal covers as coils)
Clip into place after electrical connection of
the terminals
Cat. No.
REAR PROTECTIVE
>
CB4
N480
CA41N *
PR 12 PR
1-2 42 45
3-4 52 57
5-6 62 69
7-8 72 81
9-10 82 93
11-12 92 105
13-14 128 117
15-16 138 129
17-18 148 141
19-20 158 153
21-22 168 165
23-24 178 177
* Length of shroud to
be stated when
ordering the cam
switch only
Number of
contacts
285
Ø80
P10
30
Ø 100
P15
50
Ø 125
P 32,5
50
Separate cam switches
N480
Cat. No. Cat. No.
CB4
CB3
CB3
CB3
CB5
CB5
CB6
CB8
Cat. No.
REAR PROTECTIVE SHROUD
>
For PR 12 to PR 63
Composition:
- Grey insulating body
- Transparent insulating cover
IP 40 - protection against direct finger contact
IP 55 - protection against splashing water
PR 12 - the shroud fits on 1 standard
type E switch
PR 17 to PR 63 - the shroud must be
specified when ordering the switch
(rear mounting on a special plate)
Price list code
PR 12 - 1 to 12 contacts
IP 40 CA41N CA41N
IP 55 CAE41N CAE41N
PR 12 - 13 to 24 contacts
IP 40 CA42N CA42N
IP 55 CAE42N CAE42N
PR 17-21 -1 to 12 contacts
IP 40 CA10D CA10D
IP 55 CAE10D CAE10D
PR 17-21 - 13 to 24 contacts
IP 40 CA11D CA11D
IP 55 CAE11D CAE11D
PR 26 - 1 to 12 contacts
IP 40 CA20F CA20F
IP 55 CAE20F CAE20F
PR 26 -13 to 24 contacts
IP 40 CA21F CA21F
IP 55 CAE21F CAE21F
PR 40-63 -1 to 12 contacts
IP 40 CA30I CA30I
IP 55 CAE30I CAE30I
PR 40-63 - 13 to 24 contacts
IP 40 CA31I CA31I
IP 55 CAE31I CAE31I
Plastic cable gland
Pg 16 for PR 12 to PR 21
CM14P CM14P
Pg 21 for PR 26
CM18P CM18P
Pg 29 for PR 40-63
CM24P CM24P
CA41N *
PR 12
PR 17 to PR 26
PR 40 to PR 63
Depth (P)
PR 12 PR 17 PR 21 PR 26 PR 40 PR 63
1-2 42 45 45 48 74 74
3-4 52 57 57 63 94 94
5-6 62 69 69 78 114 114
7-8 72 81 81 93 134 134
9-10 82 93 93 108 154 154
11-12 92 105 105 123 174 174
13-14 128 117 117 138
15-16 138 129 129 153
17-18 148 141 141 168
19-20 158 153 153 183
21-22 168 165 165 198
23-24 178 177 177 213
* Length of shroud to
be stated when
ordering the cam
switch only
Number of
contacts
286
6
6
5
5
3
3
3
5
5
3
3
3
16
8
4
33
4
44
16
8
3
3
3
3
16
8
33
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
6
11
11
11
11
ARRÊT
POMPE 2
POMPE 1
Request form
Separate cam switches
ENGRAVING
>
STANDARD ENGRAVING
These are engraving according to switching angle (as illustrated plates on p. 216)
These standard engravings are not invoiced, the charge is
included in the price for the plate or duty label
CUSTOMISED ENGRAVING
These are all the alphanumeric engravings (excluding logos,
drawings, symbols) which are defined by the following parameters
For square legend plates: type
WE40
to
WE95
(p. 281)
type
UF36
,
UF38
(p. 284)
For square legend plates: type
Q41
to
Q96
(p. 281)
- Maximum number of alphanumeric characters per position:
- Character height:
48 : 3
mm;
64: 4
mm;
72: 4.5
mm;
96: 6
mm
The engraving is laser-etched or silk-screen printed according to type
- Colour of engraving:
Black on aluminium and yellow plate
White on red and black plate
For duty labels: type
Q048, Q064
and
Q072
(p. 282)
- Maximum number of characters:
per line: 13
Maximum number of lines: 2
- Character height
48 : 3
mm ;
64: 4
mm ;
72: 4.5
mm
- Colour of engraving:
Black on aluminium plate
Special engravings:
These are engravings not covered by the technical parameters used for
creating standard engravings and which therefore require a special
execution.
This applies to all alphanumeric engravings outside the limits
defined above, and also logos, drawings or symbols
To order engravings, fill in the form (p. 287)
To price a switch with customised engraving, please contact us
q
Load switching
q
resistive
q
el
Rated voltage ........................
Rated current ........................
q
Control of motors
q
Starting/Switching
q
Reverse direction
Motor rating ........................
(Fill in the grid below usin
APPLICATION
>
DIAGRAM
>
Contact Nos. Posit
Terminals
123456
1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-18
19-20
21-22
23-24
25-26
27-28
29-30
31-32
33-34
35-36
37-38
39-40
41-42
43-44
45-46
47-48
Closed contact
Closed contact,
Overlapping: sec
first contact opens
switching angle)
Impulse contact
switching from
Spring return
Fill in one form for each
q
90°
q
60°
q
4
(indicate positions in
Blocking-off between
One-way rotation:
q
SWITCHING ANG
>
287
6
6
11
11
11
11
Request form for specific cam switch
q
Front
q
One-hole
q
Rear
q
DIN rail
q
Enclosure
q
Handle:
q
small
q
medium
q
large
q
Lever:
q
small
q
large
Colour:
q
grey
q
black
q
red
q
Selector switch style handle
q
With key
Choice of key:
q
455
q
1424 A
q
other……………
Choice of legend plate:
q
48
q
64
q
72
q
96
q
Alu
q
Black
q
Red
q
Yellow
q
Engraving:
(use opposite box to specify
your engravings)
q
linear
q
polygonal
q
Duty label
(2 x 13 characters) :
……………………………………………………
……………………………………………………
Colour:
q
yellow/red
q
grey
Size:
q
48
q
72
q
96
q
Foolproof handle
q
IP rating:
q
IP 40 (standard)
q
IP 55
q
IP 65
q
Terminal covers
q
Tropicalised ver-
sion
q
Load switching
q
resistive
q
electromagnetic
Rated voltage ........................ AC/DC
Rated current ........................ A
q
Control of motors
q
Starting/Switching off a running motor
q
Reverse direction of rotation
Motor rating ........................ A/CV/kW
(Fill in the grid below using the appropriate symbols)
YOUR DETAILS
Company: ............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
Name and surname:.........................................
................................................................................
Address: ...............................................................
................................................................................
................................................................................
E-mail : .................................................................
Tel:.............................................. ………………………
Fax: .......................................................................
MOUNTING
COMMENTS
YOUR ENGRAVINGS
APPLICATION
>>
DIAGRAM
>
Contact Nos. Position No.
Terminals connection
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 + links
1-2 m13m
3-4 m24m
5-6 m57m
7-8 m68m
9-10 m911m
11-12 m10 12 m
13-14 m13 15 m
15-16 m14 16 m
17-18 m17 19 m
19-20 m18 20 m
21-22 m21 23 m
23-24 m22 24 m
25-26 m25 27 m
27-28 m26 28 m
29-30 m29 31 m
31-32 m30 32 m
33-34 m33 35 m
35-36 m34 36 m
37-38 m37 39 m
39-40 m38 40 m
41-42 m41 43 m
43-44 m42 44 m
45-46 m45 47 m
47-48 m46 48 m
Closed contact
Closed contact, 2 positions without cut-off
Overlapping: second contact closes before
first contact opens (not possible with 30°
switching angle)
Impulse contact, closes momentarily when
switching from one position to next
Spring return
Fill in one form for each type of switch
STANDARD PRESENTATION
>
LEGEND PLATE AND ENGRAVING
>
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
>
OPTIONS
>
q
90°
q
60°
q
45°
q
30°
(indicate positions in boxes)
Blocking-off between .......... and .......... position
One-way rotation:
q
right
q
left
SWITCHING ANGLE
>
SWITCHING ANGLE
>
MARKING OF POSITIONS
>
288
1 1 1 1
7
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
12 2 31
12 2
11 1
12 2 31
12 2
11 1
12 2 31
12 2
11
1 1 1 1
8121
8
7
12
3
121
81
82 1
82
1
3
2
1
7
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
37
P25
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
AUTOMATIC SPRING RETURN
>
AUTOMATIC
>
REDUCED TYPE RN
For PR 12
This device makes it possible to incorporate
spring returns without extra
charge and without increasing switch dimension
Number of spring return contacts
per position: max. 2
Price list code
PR 12
-
RNxx(1)
(1) Complete according to spring return chosen opposite
Cat. No.
RN10 RN11 RN12 RN19
RN20 RN21 RN23
NORMAL TYPE R
For PR 12 to PR 63
This device makes it possible to incorporate spring returns without
increasing switch dimensions
The maximum number of contacts per spring return
position varies according to the rating
The spring return positions are always at 30°
The switching angle is at 30°-45°-90° (for PR 12 to PR 26)
The switching angle is at 45°-90° (for PR 40 and PR 63)
Price list code
PR 12
(4 spring return contacts)
Y652 Rxx(1)
PR 17
(4 spring return contacts)
Y639 Rxx(1)
PR 21
(4 spring return contacts)
Y639 Rxx(1)
PR 26 (4 spring return contacts)
Y639 Rxx(1)
PR 40
(2 spring return contacts)
Y640 Rxx(1)
PR 63
(2 spring return contacts)
Y640 Rxx(1)
(1) Complete according to spring return chosen opposite
Cat. No.
R35 R36 R37 R38
30°
R39 R40
R10 R11 R12 R13
45°
R14 R15
R16 R25 R26 R27 R28 R30
R19 R20 R21 R23
90°
R32 R34
SPECIAL REINFORCED
30° 45° 60°
30° 45° 60°
E and S mounting methods
Please specify the spring return on the form (p. 287)
30° 45° 60°
30° 45° 30°
MISCELLANEOUS
>
ONE-WAY ROTATION
SRO to
SRO to
289
P25
Ø60
Separate cam switches
AUTOMATIC SPRING RETURN (
continued
)
>
RNxx(1)
Cat. No.
without
Rxx(1)
Rxx(1)
Rxx(1)
Rxx(1)
Rxx(1)
Rxx(1)
Cat. No.
SPECIAL REINFORCED TYPE RS
For PR 12 to PR 26
For E or S mounting
Modified sizing
Enables greater number of spring
return contacts per position
than with standard “R” spring return
Spring returns possible with
pass-through contact
Price list code
PR 12
to
PR 26 Y626 RS
Cat. No.
30° 45° 60° 90°
30° 45° 60°
E and S mounting methods (see p. 255)
Please specify the spring return on the form (p. 287)
90°
30° 45° 60° 90°
30° 45° 30° 45°
MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS
>
ONE-WAY ROTATION (SRO)
For PR 12 to PR 160
This device makes it impossible
to turn the handle in the opposite direction
to the one stipulated
Available for switching angles
90°, 60° and 45°
No change to switch dimensions
Price list code
PR 12 Y649 (1)
PR 17
to
PR 26 Y642 (1)
PR 40
to
PR 160 Y643 (1)
(1) No reference, write “direction of rotation to xxx” in the designation
Cat. No.
SRO to the right
SRO to the left
290
1
2
3
4
12
3
6
4
5
Separate cam
Separate cam switches
BLOCKING-OFF BETWEEN 2 POSITIONS
For PR 12 to PR 160
This device prevents the switch being
turned between 2 consecutive positions.
Indicate which positions (see form on p. 287)
Available for switching angles 90° and 60°
No change to switch dimensions
Not compatible with one-way rotation device (SRO)
Price list code
PR 12 - (1)
PR 17
to
PR 26 Y634 (1)
PR 40
to
PR 160 Y635 (1)
(1) No reference, write “blocking-off between X and X” in the designation
Cat. No.
MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS (
continued
)
>
REINFORCED IP RATIN
MISCELLANEOUS
>
Examples
TROPICALISED VERSION
For PR 12 to PR 160
(standard on the PR 12)
The cost of this version is calculated
as a fixed charge per switch
and a variable extra charge
(multiplied by the number of contacts)
Price list code
PR 12 - -
PR 17 Y 562 + (Y563 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 21 Y 564 + (Y565 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 26 Y 566 + (Y567 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 40 Y 570 + (Y571 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 63 Y 572 + (Y573 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 125 Y 578 + (Y579 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
PR 160 Y 580 + (Y581 x
no. of contacts)
(1)
(1) No reference, write “tropicalised” in the designation
Cat. No.
FASTON TERMINALS
For PR 12 to PR 26
Terminals 6.35 (and/or 2 x 2.8 for PR 12)
Multiply the extra charge by the
number of terminals
Price list code
PR 12 Y653
(per terminal)
(1)
PR 17
to
PR 26 Y620
(per terminal)
(1)
(1) No reference, write out the text and the terminal positions in full in the designation
Cat. No.
SPECIAL SHAFTS
291
Separate cam switches
(1)
(1)
(1)
designation
Cat. No.
REINFORCED IP RATING
Standard IP rating - IP 40
Price list code
IP 55
For PR 12
Y651 (1)
For PR 17 to PR 160
Y627 (1)
For PR 40-63 (in BCF enclosure)
Y647 (1)
IP 65
For PR 12 to PR 160
Y632 (1)
For PR 12 (in BPR enclosure)
Y632 (1)
For PR 12 to PR 26 (in BC enclosure)
Y663 (1)
For PR 12 to PR 160
(with padlockable presentation)
Y661 (1)
For PR 12 to PR 160
(clutch drive + frame)
Y662 (1)
For
PR 12
(ø 22 mounting)
Y667 (1)
(1) No reference, write:
“IPxx” in the designation
MISCELLANEOUS VERSIONS (
continued
)
>
Cat. No.
-
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
contacts)
(1)
Cat. No.
(1)
(1)
n full in the designation
Cat. No.
SPECIAL SHAFTS
Price list code
Shaft with foolproof profile
For PR 12 (E-EZ mounting)
≤12 contacts foolproofed shaft
-D
For PR 17 to PR 160 and PR 12
(other mounting than those below)
Y613 D
Special dimension shaft
Standard dimension
-PR12toPR26=26mm
- PR 40 to PR 160 = 27 mm
For PR 12 to PR 160
Y617 (1)
(1) No reference, write:
“shaft dimension xx”
(size of projection in mm)
Cat. No.
292
P
76
65
50
26
22
Ø28
P
120 x 96
109
135 x 170
P31
6
30
Ø28
72
153
118
Ø4,3orM4
Ø4,3orM4
Ø4,3orM4
Separate cam switches
TYPE BPR
Technical specifications (p. 270)
Delivered with blank aluminium plate
Possibility to use a padlockable presentation
Price list code
For PR 12 -1-2 contacts
BPR01 BPR01
For PR 12 -3-4 contacts
BPR02 BPR02
For PR12*
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
>
Cat. No.
TYPE BC
Technical specifications (p. 271)
With a 64 blank aluminium plate and a black handle
(see p. 271 for enclosure customisation)
for PR 12* to PR 26 mounting, bare shaft version
Price list code
For PR 12 -1-2 contacts
BC05Q3 BC05Q3
For PR 12 -3-6 contacts
BC06Q3 BC06Q3
For PR 12 - 7-10 contacts
BC07Q3 BC07Q3
For PR 17-21 -1-2 contacts
BC11Q3 BC11Q3
For PR 17-21 -3-6 contacts
BC12Q3 BC12Q3
For PR 17-21 - 7-10 contacts
BC13Q3 BC13Q3
For PR 26 -1-2 contacts
BC14Q3 BC14Q3
For PR 26 -3-4 contacts
BC15Q3 BC15Q3
For PR 26 -5-6 contacts
BC16Q3 BC16Q3
For PR 26 - 7-8 contacts
BC13Q3 BC13Q3
* Switch version with terminals reversed
Cat. No.
P * Price list code Contacts
46 BPR01 1-2 contacts
58 BPR02 3-4 contacts
P * Price list code Contacts
77 BC01-02-0-06 1-6 contacts (1-4 PR26)
11-12-14-15
101 BC03-04-07 7-10 contacts (5-8 PR26)
13-16
TYPE BCF
For PR40-63
Technical specifications (p. 272)
Delivered with a complete
72-96 plate and frame
or padlockable presentation
Price list code
For PR 40-63 -1-2 contacts
BCF140 BCF140
For PR 40-63 -3-4 contacts
BCF240 BCF240
For PR 40-63 -5-6 contacts
BCF340 BCF340
For PR 40-63 - 7-8 contacts
BCF440 BCF440
Cat. No.
P * Price list code Contacts
107 BCF140-240 1-4 contacts
145 BCF340-440 5-8 contacts
Switch
A modular
P*=Depth
P*=Depth
P*=Depth
293
BPR01
BPR02
Cat. No.
BC05Q3
BC06Q3
BC07Q3
BC11Q3
BC12Q3
BC13Q3
BC14Q3
BC15Q3
BC16Q3
BC13Q3
Cat. No.
BCF140
BCF240
BCF340
BCF440
Cat. No.
Switch disconnectors
A modular and flexible range
Contact gap
7mm
(norm >5.5 mm)
Reversible
terminal feature
ÿIN ENCLOSURE
- Degree of protection: up to IP 66
- For 25A to 100A size switches (see Ithe (A) p. 316)
- Cable entries with pre-formed knockouts
- Tamper-proof cover with padlockable handle
- Recessed area for optional plate
- A wide choice of associated contact blocks and enclosures versions available
Pages 299 and 305
ÿWITH CLUTCH DRIVE
- Metal cuttable shafts
- With or without door interlock system
- Short or long metal shaft available
Pages 298 and 303
294
4014,5 17,5
42
33A
66
E
F
33
cD
Complete
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
172001
172401
172201
> >
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 316)
Complete switch disconnectors 20 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
172921
Cat. No.
ACCESSORIES
IP65 seal kit
For front mounting with screws
172945
Terminal covers
For front mounting with screws
172965
172945
Cat. No.
Dimensions
A: 46 (3P/4P)
56 (3P+NC/NO)
20 A - non-reversible terminals
3P
172901
3P+NC/NO(1)
172911
4P
172921
(1) Padlock with ø 6 to 8 mm
295
E
F
33 AC 17,5 (OF)
cD
B
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Red padlockable handle on
yellow plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
172001
3P+NC/NO (1)
172011
4P neutral on left
172021
32 A
3P
172101
4P neutral on left
172121
50 A
3P
172201
4P neutral on left
172221
63 A
3P
172301
4P neutral on left
172321
80 A
3P
172401
4P neutral on left
172421
100 A
3P
172501
(1) Padlock: ø 6 to 8 mm
Cat. No.
172001
Dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 66
E: 36
F: 50
172401
Dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 86
E: 63.8
F: 70
172201
Dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 66
E: 50.3
F: 60
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No.
172945
172965
Cat. No.
172901
172911
172921
296
E
F
AC 1 7 , 5 ( O F )
B
cD
H
G5
Ø
72
33
> >
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 316)
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
172003
Complete
FRONT MOUNTING
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
FRONT MOUNTING
WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE
Dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 64
E: 36
F: 50
G: 26
H: 22
ø: 28
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20
“finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Red handle on yellow plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
172002
32 A
3P
172102
50 A
3P
172202
63 A
3P
172302
80 A
3P
172402
100 A
3P
172502
172002
Cat. No.
172202
172402
Dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 72
E: 50.3
F: 60
G: 26
H: 30
ø: 28
Dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 96
E: 63.8
F: 70
G: 31
H: 34
ø: 42
297
72 33 44
75,4
66
Cat. No.
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 316)
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION Ø 22 SINGLE-HOLE MOUNTING
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20
“finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Red handle on yellow plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
172003
32 A
3P
172103
172003
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
IP 65
FRONT MOUNTING
172002
172102
172202
172302
172402
172502
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 316)
298
AC 17,5
B
33
cD
E
X
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outletsCatalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20
“finger safe”
With clutch drive and
door interlock
Double break type load switching
Red handle on yellow plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P (short shaft)
165009
32A
3P (short shaft)
165109
50 A
3P (short shaft)
165209
63 A
3P (short shaft)
165309
80 A
3P (long shaft)
165409
100 A
3P (long shaft)
165509
REAR MOUNTING WITH CLUTCH DRIVE
165009
165409
Characteristics (p. 316)
50 and 63 A dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 66
E: 42.2
X: 135 to 260 (short shaft)
260 to 410 (long shaft)
80 and 100 A dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 86
E: 52.6
X: 145 to 270 (short shaft)
270 to 420 (long shaft)
25 and 32 A dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 66
E: 31.5
X: 125 to 250 (short shaft)
250 to 400 (long shaft)
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
299
>
Cat. No.
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
and IP 66 on enclosure version with integral handle version
ENCLOSURES
INTEGRAL PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
With clutch drive and
door interlock
Double break type load switching
Red handle on yellow plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
IP 66 - IK 07
20 A
3P
172961
3P+NC/NO (1)
172971
4P
172981
25 A
3P
172061
3P+NC/NO (1)
172071
32 A
3P
172161
IP 40 (2)
50 A
3P
172261
63 A
3P
172361
80 A
3P
172461
100 A
3P
172561
(1) Padlock: Ø 6 to 8 mm
(2) IP 65 seal kit ref.
172267
(50 to 63 A)
172277
(80 to 100 A)
172061
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
172261
50 and 63 A dimensions
A: 66
80 and 100 A dimen-
sions
A: 86
Characteristics (p. 316)
96 100
150
150 100
33
220
A
A
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
300
> >
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete
>
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
174001
174401
174301
Complete switch disconnectors 20 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Grey presentation
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
20 A - non-reversible terminals
3P
174901
174901
ACCESSORIES
IP 65 seal kit
For front mounting with screws
172945
Terminal covers
For front mounting with screws
172965
172945
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 316)
E
F
33
cD
4014,5 17,5
42
3346
66
301
>
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
>
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Grey presentation
FRONT MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Grey padlockable handle on
grey plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
174001
32 A
3P
174101
50 A
3P
174201
63 A
3P
174301
80 A
3P
174401
100 A
3P
174501
(1) Padlock: ø 6 to 8 mm
174001
Dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 66
E: 36
F: 50
174401
Dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 86
E: 63.8
F: 70
174301
Dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 66
E: 50.3
F: 60
174901
172945
172965
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
E
F
33 AC 17,5 (OF)
cD
B
302
E
F
AC 1 7 , 5 ( O F )
B
cD
H
G5
Ø
E
X
> >
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete
REAR MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
165009
165409
80 and 100 A dimension
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 86
E: 42.6
X: 145 to 270 (short shaf
270 to 420 (long shaf
25 and 32 A dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 66
E: 31.5
X: 125 to 250 (short shaf
250 to 400 (long shaf
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
>
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Grey presentation
FRONT MOUNTING
WITH PLATE, FRAME AND HANDLE
Dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 64
E: 36
F: 50
G: 26
H: 22
ø: 28
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Black handle on aluminium plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
UL - cUL approved – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
174002
32 A
3P
174102
50 A
3P
174202
63 A
3P
174302
80 A
3P
174402
100 A
3P
174502
174002
174202
174402
Dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 72
E: 50.3
F: 60
G: 26
H: 30
ø: 28
Dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 96
E: 63.8
F: 70
G: 31
H: 34
ø: 42
Characteristics (p. 316)
303
AC 17,5
B
33
cD
E
X
>
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Grey presentation
REAR MOUNTING
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
With clutch drive and
door interlock
Double break type load switching
Grey padlockable handle on
grey plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P (short shaft)
168009
32A
3P (short shaft)
168109
50 A
3P (short shaft)
168209
63 A
3P (short shaft)
168309
80 A
3P (long shaft)
168409
100 A
3P (long shaft)
168509
165009
165409
50 and 63 A dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 85
C: 17.9
D: 66
E: 42.2
X: 135 to 260 (short shaft)
260 to 410 (long shaft)
80 and 100 A dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 93
C: 26.8
D: 86
E: 42.6
X: 145 to 270 (short shaft)
270 to 420 (long shaft)
25 and 32 A dimensions
A: 44
B: 75.4
C: 14.5
D: 66
E: 31.5
X: 125 to 250 (short shaft)
250 to 400 (long shaft)
174002
174102
174202
174302
174402
174502
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
304
C
BA
45
96
150
A
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete
ENCLOSURES
>
INTEGRAL PADLOCKA
174061
174261
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
MODULAR IN-PANEL PRESENTATION
Dimensions
A: 44
B: 53
C: 79
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
Double break type load switching
Black handle on grey plate
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
Approved by UL - cUL – Suitable as motor disconnect
25 A
3P
174005
32 A
3P
174105
50 A
3P
174205
63 A
3P
174305
80 A
3P
174405
100 A
3P
174505
174005
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request
Grey presentation
Dimensions
A: 53.6
B: 63
C: 89
174205
Dimensions
A: 71.8
B: 73
C: 99
174405
Characteristics (p. 316)
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
REAR MOUNTING
>
305
96 100
150
150 100
33
220
A
A
>
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Complete switch disconnectors 25 to 100 A
IP 40 as standard, IP 65 on request and
IP66 on enclosure version with integral handle version
Grey presentation
ENCLOSURES
>
Safety switch to disconnect and isolate poles.
IP
20 “finger safe”
With clutch drive and
door interlock
Double break type load switching
Grey padlockable handle
Actual position (ON or OFF) clearly visible
Conform to standards:
IEC EN 60947-3
IP 66 - IK 07
25 A
3P
174061
32 A
3P
174161
IP 40 (1)
50 A
3P
174261
63 A
3P
174361
80 A
3P
174461
100 A
3P
174561
(1) IP 65 with seal ref.
172267
(50 to 63 A)
172277
(80 to 100 A)
INTEGRAL PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
174061
174261
50 and 63 A dimensions
A: 66
80 and 100 A dimen-
sions
A: 86
174005
174105
174205
174305
174405
174505
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
306
86
66
27
50
36
44
75,4
45
B
A
45
75,4
43,5
14,5
75,5
50,5
17,5 42
45
17
21
> >
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch
PRESENTATION
172601
172602
Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A
3-pole switch body without presentation
25 A
172000
32 A
172100
Additional pole
(for use in enclosure only)
25 A
172075
32 A
172175
Additional pole without rear screw
(Rear mounting only)
32 A
172174
Neutral pole
25 A
172065
32 A
172165
Junction block
T
or N
172185
Auxiliary contact
NC/NO
172179
1 pole early break
172195
172000
BLOCKS
172065
172179
172185
172195
Characteristics (p. 316)
307
33
11
86
66
B
A5+1
D
C
>
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A
Padlockable presentation
Padlock with ø6 to 8 mm
66 - Yellow/Red
172601
66 - Grey
174601
66 - ø 22 single-hole-mounting - Yellow/Red
172603
With plate, frame and handle
64 - Yellow/Red
172602
48 - ø 22 single-hole-mounting - Yellow/Red
172604
PRESENTATION
172601
172602
Dim. Ref.
172 602
A: 64
B: 80
Dim. ref.
172 604
A: 48
B: 65
172000
172100
172075
172175
172174
172065
172165
172185
172179
172195
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
308
6570
Ø23
Ø23
4,5
4,5
96 100
150
50
75
110 79
75
75,4
115
150
==
30
Ø10
Ø4,3 Ø6,5
50
100
150 115
108
75,4
185
220
==
30
Ø10
Ø4,3
Ø6,5
> >
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch
172167
ACCESSORIES
174569
174189
172177
Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A
PADLOCKABLE PRESENTATION
172399
Dimensions 150 x 100 x 96 mm
Supplied with padlockable handle,
weatherproof seal and relay terminal
For 3 and 4-pole switches
with and without NC/NO
IP66-IK07
Grey base - yellow cover - red handle
172399
Grey base - grey cover - grey handle
174399
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
WITHOUT PRESENTATION
Grey - Up to 4 poles + auxiliary contact
172549
150 x 110 x 75 mm
172549
Cat. No.
PADLOCKABLE OR WITHOUT PRESENTATION
Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact
172559
220 x 150 x 100 mm
Cat. No.
172559
Characteristics (p. 316)
309
>
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch disconnectors - 25 and 32 A
Terminal covers
For 3-pole body switch
172167
For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block
172177
For auxiliary contact NC/NO (pair)
172189
For early break auxiliary contact
172199
Connection terminal kit
Terminal connection for ground or neutral
174449
Self-adhesive plates (for enclosures)
Blank
174599
Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL
174559
Engraved MAIN SWITCH
174569
Duty labels
Blank
172629
Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL
172639
Engraved MAIN SWITCH
172649
Kit for clutch drive presentation
Short shaft without door interlock
174189
Long shaft without door interlock
174199
Without shaft and without door interlock
174179
Kit for door interlock
174249
IP 65 seal kit
For front mounting switches and enclosures
Padlockable 66
or plate and frame 64 or 72
172267
Padlockable 86
or plate and frame 96
172277
For rear mounting switches with clutch drive
Padlockable 66
or plate and frame 64 or 72
174259
Padlockable 86
or plate and frame 96
174269
172167
ACCESSORIES
174569
174189
172177
172399
174399
172549
Cat. No.
172559
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
310
27
60
50,3
53,6
85
45
45
85
60
17,9
75,5
50,5
17,5 42
45
17
21
> >
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch
PRESENTATION
>
172061
172612
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
>
WITHOUT PRESENTATION
172569
172579
Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A
>
3-pole body switch without presentation
50 A
172200
63 A
172300
Additional pole
(for use in enclosure only)
50 A
172275
63 A
172375
Neutral pole
50 A
172265
63 A
172365
Junction block
T
or N
172385
Auxiliary contact
NC/NO
172179
1 pole early break
172395
172300
BLOCKS
172375
172179
172385
172395
Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No.
311
33
11
86
66
90
72 5+1
30
30
60
100
150 115
89,4
85
185
220
=
==
= 36
Ø10
Ø4,3
36
Ø6,5
60
100
150 115
125,2
85
185
220
=
==
= 36
Ø10
Ø4,3
36
Ø6,5
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A
PRESENTATION
>
Padlockable presentation
Padlock: ø 6 to 8 mm
66 - Yellow/Red
172601
66 - Grey
174601
With plate, frame and handle
72 - Yellow/Red
172612
172061
172612
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
>
Grey - Up to 4 poles + auxiliary contact
172569
220 x 150 x 100 mm
Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact
172579
220 x 150 x 100 mm
WITHOUT PRESENTATION
172569
172579
Cat. No.
172200
172300
172275
172375
172265
172365
172385
172179
172395
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No. Cat. No.
312
> >
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch
BLOCKS
172400
172475
172179
172585
172595
Separate switch disconnectors - 50 and 63 A
ACCESSORIES
Terminal covers
For 3-pole switch
172367
For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block
172377
For NC/NO auxiliary contact (pair)
172189
For early break auxiliary contact
172199
Duty labels
Blank
172629
Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL
172639
Engraved MAIN SWITCH
172649
Kit for clutch drive presentation
Short shaft without door interlock
174189
Long shaft without door interlock
174199
Without shaft and without door interlock
174179
kit for door interlock
174249
IP 65 seal kit
For front mounting switches and enclosures
Padlockable 66
or plate and frame 64 or 72
172267
Padlockable 86
or plate and frame 96
172277
For rear mounting with clutch drive
Padlockable 66
or plate and frame 64 or 72
174259
Padlockable 86
or plate and frame 96
174269
172367
172649
172267
Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No.
313
27
70
63,8
71,8
93
45
45
93
70
26,8
75,5
50,5
17,5 42
45
17
21
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A
BLOCKS
3-pole body switch without presentation
80 A
172400
100 A
172500
Additional pole
(for use in enclosure only)
80 A
172475
100 A
172575
Neutral pole
80 A
172465
100 A
172565
Junction block
T
or N
172585
Auxiliary contact
NC/NO
172179
1 pole early break
172595
172400
172475 172465
172179
172585
172595
172367
172377
172189
172199
172629
172639
172649
174189
174199
174179
174249
172267
172277
174259
174269
Characteristics (p. 316) Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No. Cat. No.
314
86 33
11
106
96 5+1
30
34
70
100
150 115
106,8
93
185
220
=
==
= 36
Ø10
Ø4,3
36
Ø6,5
70
100
220 185
179
93
265
300
=
==
=36
Ø10
Ø4,3
36
Ø6,5
>
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A
PRESENTATION
Padlockable presentation
Padlock: ø 6 to 8 mm
86 - Yellow/Red
172621
86 - Grey
174621
With plate, frame and handle
96 - Yellow/Red
172622
172621
172622
EMPTY ENCLOSURES
>
Grey - Up to 3 poles + auxiliary contact
172589
220 x 150 x 100 mm
Grey - Up to 6 poles + auxiliary contact
172599
300 x 200 x 100 mm
WITHOUT PRESENTATION
172589
172599
Cat. No.
Characteristics (p. 316)
Cat. No.
315
>
Cat. No.
Catalogue No. in bold: normally in stock at distribution outlets
Characteristics (p. 316)
Terminal covers
For 3-pole body switch
172567
For additional pole, neutral pole or junction block
172577
For NC/NO auxiliary contact (pair)
172189
For early break auxiliary contact
172199
Duty labels
Blank
172629
Engraved INTER PRINCIPAL
172639
Engraved MAIN SWITCH
172649
Kit for clutch drive presentation
Short shaft without door interlock
174189
Long shaft without door interlock
174199
Without shaft and without door interlock
174179
kit for door interlock
174249
IP 65 seal kit
For front mounting switches and enclosures
Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72
172267
Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96
172277
For rear mounting with clutch drive
Padlockable 66 or plate and frame 64 or 72
174259
Padlockable 86 or plate and frame 96
174269
172567
Separate switch disconnectors - 80 and 100 A
ACCESSORIES
172649
172267
Characteristics
>
Rated insulation
>
Conventional free
current Ith
Continuous rated cu
>
Rated operating curr
AC 15
230 V
400 V
>Protection against
by fuse gG (A)
>
Max. connection
stranded w
AUXILIARY CONTACTS
>
Characteristics
>
Rating
+NC/NO
>
Cable inputs
>Ø
knockouts (mm)
>
No. of knockouts
(top and bottom)
>
Panel mount
>
Base/cover assem
>
Switch/base assembly
>
Handles mountin
>
Insulation
>
Impact withstand
>
Flameproof
>
Protection rating
>
Contact operating
>
Switch padlockin
ENCLOSURES
>
Technical characteristics
Characteristics 20 A 25 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
>
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
690 690 690 690 690 690 690
>
Conventional free air thermal
current Ith
Uninterrupted rated current Iu (A)
20 25 32 50 63 80 100
>
Conventional enclosed thermal
current Ithe (A)
16 20 25 40 50 63 80
>
Rated impulse withstand voltage
(overvoltage category III
- pollution degree 3
Uimp (kV)
4666666
>
Rated operating current Ie (A)
AC - 21 A/22 A
Conform to
IEC 60947-3 16 25 32 50 63 80 100
>
Rated operating power (kW)
AC 23 A 3 x 230 V
4 5.5 5.5 15 15 18.5 22
3x400V
7.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 30 37
3x500V
5.5 7.5 11 22 30 37 45
3x690V
4 7.5 11 18.5 22 22 30
AC 3
3x230V
3 4 4 7.5 11 15 18.5
3x400V
4 5.5 7.5 15 18.5 22 30
3x500V
5.5 5.5 7.5 15 22 30 37
3x690V
3 5.5 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 22
>
Make - break characteristics (Aeff/400 V)
Rated make capacity -
710 710 1270 1270 1970 1970
Rated break capacity
- 330 330 800 800 800 800
>
Short circuit characteristics
Rated short term withstand current
Icw (Aeff/400 V/1 s)
250 350 430 500 760 1100 1500
Rated short circuit
make capacity Icm
(kA peak/400 V)
- 1 1 1.8 1.8 2.8 2.8
Short circuit current
(kA eff/400 V)
6 10 10 10 10 10 10
with fuse gl/gG (A)
16 25 32 50 63 80 100
>
Mechanical life AC 20 (million)
1 0.1 0.1 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.04
>
Connections
Stranded wire + (min/max)
cap (mm
2
)
0.75/2.5 0.75/6 0.75/6 1.5/16 1.5/16 2.5/35 2.5/35
Solid wire (mm2)
4 10 10 25 25 50 50
>
Storage temperature
-30°C to +70 °C
>
Operating temperature -
30°C to +70 °C
>
Protection rating rear of panel: IPxxB
front of panel
IP 40
in standard version (
IP 65
on request)
>
Conformity to standards
IEC 60947-3, UL508, CSA22.2
>
Approvals UL - cUL (USA - Canada) suitable as motor disconnect. CB certification
>
Climatic resistance
Tropical atmosphere according to IEC 60068-2-30 Cyclic damp heat
GENERAL
>
Technical
316
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
0
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
13 21
14 22
Characteristics
>
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V)
400 400 400 400 400 400 400
>
Conventional free air thermal
current Ith
Continuous rated current Iu (A)
20 10 10 10 10 10 10
>
Rated operating current Ie (A)
AC 15
230V 6666666
400V - 444444
>Protection against short circuit
by fuse gG (A) 16 10 10 10 10 10 10
>
Max. connection
stranded wire (mm2)
2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5 2 x 2.5
AUXILIARY CONTACTS
>
Characteristics
150
x
100
x
96 220
x
150
x
100 220
x
150
x
100 220
x
150
x
100 220
x
150
x
100 300
x
200
x
100
>
Rating
20, 25
and
32 A 25
and
32 A 50
and
63 A 50
and
63 A 80
and
100 A 80
et
100 A
3P
to
4P 6P
and
6P 3P
to
4P 6P
and
6P 3P
and
3P 4P
to
6P
+NC/NO +NC/NO +NC/NO +NC/NO +NC/NO +NC/NO
20 A - 6P
>
Cable inputs
2x2Pg16 2x2Pg21 2x2Pg21 2x2Pg29 2x2Pg29 2x2Pg21
or2x2M25
and
2x2Pg29
>Ø
knockouts (mm)
Pg 16: 22.5 28.5 28.5 37.5 37.5 37.5
and
28.5
ISO M25: 25
>
No. of knockouts
(top and bottom) 2 2 2 2 2 4
>
Panel mount by 2 screws by 4 screws
>
Base/cover assembly by 1 screws by 4 screws by 6 screws
self-tapping self-tapping self-tapping
stainless steel stainless steel stainless steel
>
Switch/base assembly on 35 mm DIN rail (this rail is notched for positionning the switch)
>
Handles mounting screwing on shaft pre-pierced cover
>
Insulation Class II installed (provided that the correct insulation plugs are used with the enclosure)
>
Impact withstand IK07
>
Flameproof 650°C
>
Protection rating IP 66 IP 40 (IP 65 upon request)
>
Contact operating diagram
>
Switch padlocking In general: up to 3 padlocks ø 4 to 8 mm
Switch with 1 auxiliary contact NC/NO: up to 3 padlocks ø 6 to 8 mm
Modular presentation: 1 padlock ø 6 to 8 mm
ENCLOSURES
>
1/L1 - 2/T1
3/L2 - 4/T2
5/L3 - 6/T3
13-14
21-22
01
Switch disconnector
80 A 100 A
690 690
80 100
63 80
666666
80 100
18.5 22
30 37
37 45
22 30
15 18.5
22 30
30 37
18.5 22
1970 1970
800 800
1100 1500
2.8 2.8
10 10
80 100
0.04 0.04
2.5/35 2.5/35
50 50
Auxiliary
contacts
Technical characteristics
20 A 25 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 80 A 100 A
317
Enclosure
LEGEND
Example: switch disconn
Enclosed 4 poles,
padlockable presentation
80 AND 100
>
Enclosure selection guide
Example: switch disconnector 32 A
Enclosed 4 poles,
padlockable presentation
Example: switch disconnector 50 A
Enclosed 6 poles,
Plate, frame and handle presentation
Enclosure 150 x 100 x 96 mm Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm
3P to 4P + NC/NO
6P and 6P + NC/NO
3P to 4P + NC/NO
6P and 6P + NC/NO
25 AND 32 A
>
or
or
50 AND 63 A
>
Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100mm Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm
318
Enclosure selection guide
early break auxiliary contact
LEGEND
Example: switch disconnector 100 A
Enclosed 4 poles,
padlockable presentation
3P and 3P + NC/NO
4P and 6P + NC/NO
Enclosure 220 x 150 x 100 mm Enclosure 300 x 220 x 100 mm
80 AND 100 A
>
basic 3-pole block
additional pole
additional neutral pole
junction block
Auxiliary contact NC/NO
x 150 x 100 mm
+ NC/NO
d6P+NC/NO
x 150 x 100 mm
319
Possible configurations
Junction block
Auxiliary contact
Junction block
(1)
(1)
Complete switch disconnector p. 284 to 295
Permitted auxiliaries
or
or
or
or
or
(1) version with enclosure only
Junction block
Auxiliary contact
3-pole body switch
Auxiliary contact
Early break auxi-
liary contact
Early break auxi-
liary contact
auxiliary contact
3-pole body switch
Additional phase
pole
Additional phase
pole
Additional phase
pole
Additional phase
pole
Additional
neutral
pole
Additional
neutral
pole
Junction block
3-pole body switch
Auxiliary contactjunction block
junction block
Additional
neutral
pole
auxiliary contact
3-pole body switch
Additional
neutral
pole
Additional
neutral
pole
junction block
auxiliary contact
3-pole body switch
junction block
auxiliary contact
Additional phase
pole
Additional phase
pole
3-pole body switch
320
Protection class
The IP (Ingress Protection) rating system is published by the IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) and
classifies the degree of protection against solid objects and liquids in order to operate the electrical equipment.
Second digit of IP-Codes
2.digit Meaning
ISO 20653 IEC 60529 Protection against water
0 0 No protection
1 1 Dripping water (vertically falling drops) shall have no harmful effect.
22
Vertically dripping water shall have no harmful effect when the enclosure is tilted at an angle
up to 15° from its normal position.
3 3 Water falling as a spray at any angle up to 60° from the vertical shall have no harmful effect.
4 4 Water splashing against the enclosure from any direction shall have no harmful effect.
55
Water projected by a nozzle (6.3 mm) against enclosure from any direction shall have no
harmful effects.
66
Water projected in powerful jets (12.5 mm nozzle) against the enclosure from any direction
shall have no harmful effects.
77
Ingress of water in harmful quantity shall not be possible when the enclosure is immersed in
water under defined conditions of pressure and time (up to 1 m of submersion).
88
The equipment is suitable for continuous immersion in water under conditions which shall be
specified by the manufacturer. Normally, this will mean that the equipment is hermetically
sealed. However, with certain types of equipment, it can mean that water can enter but only
in such a manner that it produces no harmful effects.
9 Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs.
9K Protected against close-range high pressure, high temperature spray downs, specific for cars.
First digit of IP-Codes
1.digit Meaning
ISO 20653 IEC 60529 Protection against objects Effective against
0 0 No protection No protection
1 1 Solid objects 50mm Any large surface of the body, such as the back of a hand, but
no protection against deliberate contact with a body part
2 2 Solid objects 12.5mm Fingers or similar objects
3 3 Solid objects 2.5mm Tools, thick wires, etc.
4 4 Solid objects 1mm Most wires, screws, etc.
5K 5 Dust protected
Ingress of dust is not entirely prevented, but it must not enter
in sufficient quantity to interfere with the satisfactory opera-
tion of the equipment; complete protection against contact
6K 6 Dust tight No ingress of dust; complete protection against contact
IP XX
1 2
1Protection Against Solid Objects
2Protection Against Liquids
couv en A4.indd 3 23/01/2017 15:10
www.baco-international.com
BA217001
couv en A4.indd 4 23/01/2017 15:10
